<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8' ?>



<rss version="2.0"
      xmlns:opensearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearch/1.1/"
      xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
      xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom">
   <channel>
     <title><![CDATA[Govt.Medical College Central Library, Kottayam Search for 'Provider:Jaypee brothers']]></title>
     <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?q=ccl=Provider%3AJaypee%20brothers&amp;format=rss</link>
     <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?q=ccl=Provider%3AJaypee%20brothers&amp;sort_by=relevance_dsc&amp;format=atom"/>
     <description><![CDATA[ Search results for 'Provider:Jaypee brothers' at Govt.Medical College Central Library, Kottayam]]></description>
     <opensearch:totalResults>540</opensearch:totalResults>
     <opensearch:startIndex>0</opensearch:startIndex>
     
       <opensearch:itemsPerPage>50</opensearch:itemsPerPage>
     
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    A Short Book of Public Health






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28015</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Muthu V K. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2014
                        . 627
                        , Section 1: Introduction
1. Concepts in Health Care ........................................................3
Evolution of Medicine and Public Health 3
Health for All and Primary Health Care 5
Causation of Diseases 7
Concepts in Prevention of Diseases 8
Determinants of Health 9
Dimensions of Health 10
Measurement of Health 12
Global Disease Elimination and Eradication
as Public Health Strategies 13
Candidate Diseases for Elimination or Eradication 15
Emerging Infectious Diseases 22
Vaccination for International Travel 29
	 International Certificate of Vaccination	 33
Section 2: Epidemiology of Communicable Diseases
Part A: Principles of Control and Prevention
2. Common Terms and Concepts............................................39
Common Terms 39
Modes of Spread of Communicable Diseases 45
Routes of Transmission of Infectious Diseases 46
Immunity 51
Immunizing Agents 53
Prevention and Control of Communicable Diseases 62
Surveillance 69
xiv A Short Book of Public Health
Part B: Specific Infections
3. Respiratory Infections..........................................................79
Smallpox 80
Chickenpox 81
Measles (Rubeola) 84
German Measles (Rubella) 89
Mumps 92
	 Influenza	 94
Common Cold 97
	 Avian Influenza (Bird Flu) in Humans	 99
	 Swine Influenza	 104
Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome 107
Diphtheria 109
Whooping Cough (Pertussis) 112
Tuberculosis 115
 Meningococcal Meningitis 123
Acute Respiratory Infections 124
4. Intestinal Infections............................................................129
Poliomyelitis 129
Hepatitis A 133
Hepatitis E 135
Cholera 137
Acute Diarrheal Diseases 140
Typhoid Fever 143
Food Poisoning 147
Escherichia coli (Diarrhea) 151
Amebiasis 152
Ascariasis 154
Hookworm Infestation 156
Guinea Worm Disease (Dracunculiasis)
on the Verge of Eradication 158
Contents xv
5. Arthropod-borne Infections..............................................160
Arbovirus Diseases 160
Arbo Parasitic Diseases 163
Lymphatic Filariasis 163
Malaria 167
6. Zoonoses ...............................................................................185
Viral Zoonoses 186
Rabies 186
Japanese Encephalitis 191
Kyasanur Forest Disease 193
Chikungunya Fever 195
Yellow Fever 197
Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever 199
Rickettsial Zoonoses 200
Scrub Typhus (Mite-borne Typhus) 201
Murine Typhus (Endemic Typhus or
Flea-borne Typhus) 202
Indian Tick Typhus 202
Q fever 203
Other Rickettsial Infections 204
Bacterial Zoonoses 205
Brucellosis 205
Leptospirosis 207
Plague 209
Anthrax 213
Salmonellosis 213
Parasitic Zoonoses 214
Teniasis (Tapeworm Infestation) 214
Hydatid Disease 215
Leishmaniasis 216
Toxoplasma gondii 219
xvi A Short Book of Public Health
7. Surface Infections................................................................222
Trachoma 222
Tetanus 224
Leprosy 226
Parenterally Transmitted Hepatitis B, C,
D and G 231
Hepatitis B 231
Hepatitis C 234
Hepatitis G 236
Sexually Transmitted Infections 236
	 Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)	 240
Scabies 245
Pediculosis 245
Section 3: Non-communicable Diseases
8. Coronary Heart Disease .....................................................249
Risk Factors 250
9. Hypertension and Stroke...................................................252
Hypertension 252
Stroke 253
10. Diabetes Mellitus ...............................................................255
Screening, Complication, Prevention 257
11. Obesity ..................................................................................259
Body Mass Index 260
12. Cancer....................................................................................262
Risk Factors, Prevention Strategies 264
13. Rheumatic Heart Disease and Accidents........................266
Rheumatic Heart Disease 266
Accidents 267
14. Mental Health ......................................................................269
Determinants 269
Contents xvii
Section 4: Demography and Family Welfare
15. Demography.........................................................................277
World Population Trend 277
16. Family Planning ..................................................................282
Eligible Couples 283
Contraceptive Methods 283
Barrier Methods 284
Terminal Methods 291
17. Maternal and Child Health ...............................................294
Maternal and Child Health Problems 294
Maternal Health Situation in India 295
Reproductive and Child Health Program 296
Birth Weight 299
Infant Feeding 301
Growth and Development 302
Indicators of Maternal and Child Health Care 304
Integrated Management of Neonatal and
Childhood Illness (IMNCI) 308
Family and Community Health 310
Section 5: Nutrition
18. Nutrients ...............................................................................315
	 Classification of Foods	 315
Nutrients 316
Macronutrients 316
Micronutrients 321
Energy 334
19. Balanced Diet and Nutritional Contents of Foods .......336
Balanced Diet 336
Nutrient Content of Common Foods 337
xviii A Short Book of Public Health
20. Nutritional Problems in India ..........................................342
	 Nutritional Profile of India	 342
21. Community Nutrition Programs in India.......................346
Community Nutrition Programs 346
Assessment of Nutritional Status 351
22. Food Adulteration...............................................................353
Food Toxicants 353
Prevention of Food Adulteration 354
23. Role of Nutrition .................................................................356
Nutrition, Health and Eugenics 356
Section 6: Health Education and School Health Service
24. Principles of Health Education.........................................365
Some Terms and Concepts 365
Health Promotion 369
Health Education 370
Health Communication 374
School Health Service 378
Health Culture 384
Section 7: Environment and Health
25. Physical Environment and Health ..................................393
Physical Environment 393
Humidity 397
Temperature 400
Ionizing Radiation 405
Non-ionizing Radiation 408
Noise 410
Soil 413
Water 415
Contents xix
26. Control of Biological Environment .................................417
Mosquito Control Measures 417
Fly Control Measures 419
Control of Lice 420
Control of Rat Fleas 421
Control of Ticks and Mites 421
Control of Rodents 422
Disinfection Procedures 422
Recommended Disinfection Procedures 425
Disinfection of Water 425
Water Quality Standards 429
27. Environmental Sanitation..................................................433
Sanitation 433
Disposal of Wastes 434
Wastes from Healthcare Activities
(Central Pollution Control Board) 440
E-waste 444
Sanitation in Slaughterhouse 450
Action in Medical Epidemics 454
Global Environmental Problems 455
28. Occupational Health...........................................................457
Occupational Environment 457
Occupational Hazards 458
Other Occupational Hazards 464
Prevention of Occupational Diseases 466
Ergonomics 468
Employees’ State Insurance Scheme 469
Section 8: Healthcare System in India
29. Healthcare Delivery System..............................................473
Health Care in India 473
Primary Health Center 475
xx A Short Book of Public Health
Central Bureau of Health Intelligence 476
Voluntary Health Agencies 478
Ford Foundation 486
Rockefeller Foundation 487
Care 488
30. National Health Programs in India .................................490
National Health Programs 490
Guinea Worm Disease Eradication 514
Section 9: Health Care in India: Vision and Mission
31. National Health Policy and Rural Health Mission.......533
National Health Policy 2002 533
National Rural Health Mission (2005–2012) 546
Section 10: Epidemiology and Biostatistics
32. Epidemiological Methods in Health Care......................555
Epidemiological Studies 555
Rate, Ratio and Proportion 559
Descriptive Studies 563
Case-control Studies 566
Cohort Studies 569
Experimental Studies 572
Association and Causation 577
33. Basic Statistics in Health Care ..........................................580
Collection of Statistics 580
Presentation of Statistics 582
Sources of Health Information 589
International Population Statistics 597
Measures of Central Tendency 598
Measures of Variability (Dispersion) 600
 Index ..............................................................................................615
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28015">Place Hold on <em>A Short Book of Public Health</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28015</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    A Short Book of Public Health






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789351522287</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28016</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Muthu, V K. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2014
                        . 627 p.
                        
                        
                         9789351522287
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28016">Place Hold on <em>A Short Book of Public Health</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28016</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    A Textbook of practical physiology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28051</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Ghai, C L. 
	    New Delhi Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, 2013
                        . 384
                        , Section One: Hematology
Section Two: Human Experiments
Unit I: Respiratory System
Unit II: Cardiovascular System
Unit III: Special Sensations
Unit IV: Nervous System, Nerve And Muscle
Unit V: Reproductive System
Section Three: Clinical Examination
Section Four: Experimental Physiology
Section Five: Charts
Section Six: Calculations
Calculations
Appendix
Index
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28051">Place Hold on <em>A Textbook of practical physiology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28051</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    A Textbook of practical physiology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28053</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Ghai, C L. 
	   Jaypee Brothers 2013
                        . 384
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28053">Place Hold on <em>A Textbook of practical physiology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28053</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    A Visual Field Evaluation with automated Devices.






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9788180616563</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28057</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Reddy G R. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2006
                        . 211
                        , ch. 1. Introduction to automated static perimetry
ch. 2. Fundamentals of automated perimetry
ch. 3. Classification of visual field printouts
ch. 4. Interpretation of single field analysis printout
ch. 5. Visual field loss in glaucoma
ch. 6. Follow-up visual field examination
ch. 7. Custom tests
ch. 8. Screening tests
ch. 9. Short wavelength automated perimetry (blue-yellow perimetry)
ch. 10. Visual field testing with frequency doubling technology
ch. 11. Visual field defects due to occlusive vascular disorders of the visual pathway, a case of bitemporal hemianopia and coloboma of disc and retina
ch. 12. Important clues in operating humphrey field analyzer
                        
                         9788180616563
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28057">Place Hold on <em>A Visual Field Evaluation with automated Devices.</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28057</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Acute respiratory infection in hospital in developing countries children






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28160</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By World Health organization. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers 1995
                        . 69
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28160">Place Hold on <em>Acute respiratory infection in hospital in developing countries children</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28160</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    All about leprosy






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28572</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Prasad, P V S. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2005
                        . 186
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28572">Place Hold on <em>All about leprosy</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28572</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Anatomy and physiology for nurses






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28725</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Pearce, Evelyn C. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd 1993
                        . 410
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=28725">Place Hold on <em>Anatomy and physiology for nurses</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=28725</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    API Textbook of medicine vol.1






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29005</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Munjal Y P. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi
                        . 2872
                        , Introduction
 1. The Practice of Medicine 2
 Yash Pal Munjal
 2. Disease Profi le and Epidemiology of Communicable and Non-communicable Diseases in India 11
 Jugal Kishore
Part 2 Clinical Approach to Key Manifestations
 1. Pain: Mechanism and Management 22
 PN Kakar
 2. Headache 24
 K Ravishankar
 3. Chest Pain 34
 Sanjay Tyagi and Amit Mittal
 4. Acute Abdomen: Non-surgical Causes 40
 Sumeet Singla and AK Agarwal
 5. Cough 47
 Suman Kirti
 6. Haemoptysis 52
 Randeep Guleria and Jaya Kumar
 7. Jaundice 56
 Aparna Agrawal
 8. Clinical Approach to Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding 62
 JC Vij
 9. Approach to Patient with Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding 65
 Surinder S Rana
 10. Fever of Unknown Origin 69
 Priscilla Rupali
 11. Generalised Lymphadenopathy 76
 SK Verma
 12. Dizziness and Vertigo 79
 M Maiya
 13. Syncope 83
 Pushpa Yadav
 14. Coma 87
 B Vengamma
 15. Appropriate Ordering of Radiological Investigations 94
 Chandan J Das
 16. A Clinical Approach to Patients with Ascites 107
 Richa Dewan
 17. Anasarca: A Clinical Approach 111
 Yash Pal Munjal
 18. Approach to a Patient with Dyspnoea 115
 Praloy Chakraborty
 19. Clinical Approach to Exanthematous Fever 120
 Bibhuti Saha and Manab Kumar Ghosh
CONTENTS
Volume 1
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxv PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxv 29-01-2015 14:22:08 9-01-2015 14:22:08
API Textbook of Medicine
xxvi
Part 3 Diagnostic Imaging
 1. Conventional Radiology 126
 Ashu Seith Bhalla and Manisha Jana
 2. Ultrasound in Medicine 141
 BS Rama Murthy
 3. Computed Tomography 147
 Bhavin Jankharia and Nishigandha Burute
 4. Magnetic Resonance Imaging 156
 Raju Sharma and Devasenathipathy Kandasamy
 5. Nuclear Imaging 173
 BR Mittal
 6. Positron Emission Computed Tomography and Positron Emission Magnetic Resonance Imaging 186
Rakesh Kumar and Sellam Karunanithi
Part 4 Clinical Pharmacology
 1. Drug Discovery and Clinical Evaluation of New Drugs 196
 SK Gupta and Sushma Srivastava
 2. Introduction to Pharmacology 204
 CD Tripathi and Sachin Manocha
 3. Rational Use of Medicines 210
 Sangeeta Sharma
 4. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Basis of Pharmacotherapy 213
 Rajani Mathur
 5. Pharmacovigilance: Safety Monitoring of Medicines 221
 V Kalaiselvan
 6. Role of National Formulary of India in National Health Care System 227
 Jai Prakash and YK Gupta
Part 5 Immunology
 1. An Overview of the Immune System 232
 Sita Naik
 2. General Concepts of Immuno-infl ammatory Disorders 242
 Ramnath Misra
 3. Immunology of Infectious Diseases 246
 Sita Naik
 4. Approach to a Patient with Suspected Primary Immunodefi ciency Disorder 249
 Surjit Singh
 5. Laboratory Investigations in Immune-mediated Diseases 256
 Amita Aggarwal
 6. Pharmacological Manipulation of the Immune System 261
 Mitali Chatterjee and Alakendu Ghosh
 7. Immunology of Organ and Haematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation 270
 Narinder K Mehra and Neeraj Kumar
Part 6 Medical Genetics
 1. Introduction to Medical Genetics 278
 Late Shyam Swarup Agarwal
 2. Mendel and Beyond 282
 Ratna Dua Puri
3. Clinical, Conventional and Molecular Cytogenetics 290
 Ashutosh Halder
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxvi PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxvi 29-01-2015 14:22:08 9-01-2015 14:22:08
xxvii Contents
4. Genetic Tests 301
 Ashwin Dalal
 5. Inborn Errors of Metabolism 306
 Madhulika Kabra
 6. Molecular Genetics, Human Genome Project and Genomic Medicine 316
 Girisha KM
 7. Gene Therapy 322
 Rita Mulherkar
 8. Genetic Counselling and Prenatal Diagnosis 325
 Shubha R Phadke
 9. Pharmacogenomics and Personalised Medicine 332
 C Adithan
 10. Cancer Genetics 335
 Rajiv Sarin
Part 7 Critical Care Medicine
1. Basic Considerations in Critical Care 342
 RK Mani and P Saxena
 2. Monitoring of Critically Ill Patients 346
 M Hanumantha Rao
 3. Fluid and Electrolyte Balance in Health and Disease 352
 Sanjay Jain
 4. Acid-Base Disorders 360
 Alladi Mohan and Surendra K Sharma
 5. Enteral and Parenteral Nutrition in Critically Ill Patients 368
 Shilpa S Joshi
 6. Acute Respiratory Failure 374
 Ashit M Bhagwati
 7. Sepsis and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome 381
 Alladi Mohan and Surendra K Sharma
 8. Mechanical Ventilation 388
 Tamilarasu Kadhiravan
 9. Non-invasive Positive Pressure Ventilation 395
 Dhruva Chaudhry and Rajesh Chawla
 10. Hypotension and Shock 404
 Piyush Jain and Rene P Eapen
 11. Advanced Cardiac Life Support 407
 Sanjeev Bhoi and Sameer Vankar
 12. Brain Death and Support of Brain Dead Organ Donor 417
 Rajesh Chawla and Prashant Nasa
Part 8 Bone Disorders
1. Bone and Mineral Metabolism in Health and Disease 424
 Deepak Khandelwal and Ravinder Goswami
 2. Investigation and Diagnosis of Bone Disorders 430
 Sukumar Mukherjee and Somnath Bhar
 3. Rickets and Osteomalacia 437
 Bindu Kulshreshtha and Sachin K Jain
 4. Osteoporosis 442
 SNA Rizvi
 5. Developmental Disorders of Bone 448
 Rakesh K Sahay
 6. Miscellaneous Bone Disorders 451
 CV Harinarayan
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxvii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxvii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxviii
Part 9 Diabetes Mellitus
 1. Epidemiology and Basic Considerations of Diabetes 457
 A Ramachandran and C Snehalatha
 2. Pathogenesis of Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus 461
 Carani B Sanjeevi and Vijay Viswanathan
 3. Pathogenesis of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus 465
 Hemraj B Chandalia
 4. Clinical Features and Diagnosis of Diabetes Mellitus 470
 Anupam Prakash
 5. Life-style Modifi cation in the Management of Diabetes 477
 Banshi Saboo
 6. Oral Antidiabetic Drugs 480
 Anil Bhansali and Viral N Shah
 7. Insulins 486
 Yash Pal Munjal
 8. Newer Modalities of Treatment in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus 492
 Anil Bhansali and G Shanmugasundar
 9. In-Hospital Management of Diabetes Mellitus 497
 Dukhabandhu Naik and Nihal Thomas
 10. Hypoglycaemia 502
 Siddharth N Shah
 11. Diabetic Ketoacidosis, Hyperosmolar Hyperglycaemic State and Lactic Acidosis 508
 Rajesh Rajput
 12. Infections in Diabetes Mellitus 514
 Samar Banerjee
 13. Macrovascular Complications of Diabetes 519
 Murlidhar S Rao
 14. Microvascular Diseases: Pathogenesis of Chronic Complications 524
 Suman Kirti
 15. Diabetes and Kidney Disease 528
 Raj Kumar Sharma
 16. Diabetic Retinopathy 534
 Amod Gupta and Reema Bansal
 17. Diabetic Neuropathy 539
 Manish Modi and Anu Gupta
 18. Sexual Dysfunction in Diabetes 542
 Shashank R Joshi
 19. Management of Diabetic Foot 545
 Rumneek Sodhi and Rajiv Parakh
 20. Diabetes and Pregnancy 550
 V Seshiah and V Balaji
 21. Diabetes in the Elderly 554
 Jamal Ahmad and Mohammad Asim Siddiqui
 22. Prevention of Diabetes Mellitus 557
 Yash Pal Munjal
Part 10 Endocrinology
 1. Basic Considerations of Endocrinology 566
 Ashok Kumar Das
 2. Endocrine Disorders: A Clinical Approach 571
 MS Seshadri
 3. Disorders of Hypothalamus and Pineal Gland 576
 Abdul Hamid Zargar and Shariq Rashid Masoodi
 4. Disorders of Anterior Pituitary 580
 RV Jayakumar
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxviii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxviii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxix
 5. Disorders of Posterior Pituitary 589
 GR Sridhar
 6. Disorders of Thyroid Glands 592
 Nikhil Tandon and Nishant Raizada
 7. Disorders of Parathyroid Glands 606
 Ambrish Mithal and Beena Bansal
 8. Disorders of Adrenal Glands 610
 Eesh Bhatia and Vijayalakshmi Bhatia
 9. Disorders of Puberty 621
 AC Ammini and Jyotsna VP
 10. Disorders of Growth and Development 626
 Nalini S Shah
 11. Disorders of Gonads 634
 Shashank R Joshi
 12. Endocrine Disorders of Female Gonads 645
 Pikee Saxena and Aruna Nigam
Part 11 Dermatology
 1. Introduction and Principles of Diagnosis in Dermatology 656
 Vibhu Mendiratta
 2. Infections and Infestations 665
 Surabhi Dayal
 3. Allergic and Infl ammatory Disorders 674
 Sanjeev Handa
 4. Psoriasis and Papulosquamous Disorders 678
 Bela Shah
 5. Acne and Acneiform Eruptions 685
 V Ramesh
 6. Bullous Diseases 691
 Vibhu Mendiratta
 7. Pigmentary Disorders 695
 Sandipan Dhar
 8. Cutaneous Responses to Environmental Factors 702
 DM Thappa and M Malathi
 9. Skin Manifestations of Systemic Diseases 708
 Sunil Dogra and Rahul Mahajan
 10. Pre-malignant Conditions and Malignant Tumours of the Skin 720
 Arun C Inamadar and Aparna Palit
 11. Sexually Transmitted Infections 724
 Yogesh S Marfatia
 12. Hair and Nail Disorders 733
 S Sacchidanand and AS Savitha
 13. Leprosy 741
 Hemanta Kumar Kar
 14. Dermatology Therapy 747
 Asit Mittal
Part 12 Cardiology
 1. Basic Considerations in Cardiology 757
 Upendra Kaul and Aijaz H Mansoor
 2. Cardiovascular Diseases: A Clinical Approach 763
 GS Sainani
 3. Electrocardiology 774
 MJ Gandhi
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxix PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxix 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxx
 4. Exercise Testing 785
 Yash Pal Munjal
 5. Echocardiography 794
 Satish Kumar Parashar
 6. Cardiac Imaging 809
 Priya Jagia and Sanjiv Sharma
 7. Nuclear Cardiology 821
 Vikram R Lele and Parag Aland
 8. Cardiac Catheterisation and Angiocardiography 827
 Lekha Adik Pathak and NO Bansal
 9. Heart Failure 834
 Donald Kikta and Veronica Franco
 10. Treatment of Heart Failure 838
 Veronica Franco and Khadijah Breathett
 11. Acute Rheumatic Fever 845
 R Krishna Kumar
 12. Valvular Heart Disease (I) 854
 CN Manjunath
 13. Valvular Heart Disease (II) 862
 VK Bahl and Neeraj Parakh
 14. Infective Endocarditis 873
 Shyam S Kothari
 15. Atherosclerosis 884
 KK Sethi and S Lahiri
 16. Ischaemic Heart Disease 890
 Inder S Anand and Shibba Takkar Chhabra
 17. Acute Coronary Syndrome—NSTEMI 898
 Ambuj Roy
 18. Acute Myocardial Infarction—STEMI 904
 Naved Aslam and Abhishek Goyal
 19. Hypertension and Its Management 916
 Sandhya A Kamath
 20. Resistant Hypertension 930
 BB Thakur and Smita Thakur
 21. Bradyarrhythmias 935
 Yash Y Lokhandwala and Gopi Krishna Panicker
 22. Tachyarrhythmias 943
 Amit Vora
 23. Sudden Cardiac Arrest 950
 Ashish K Thakur
 24. Congenital Heart Disease 959
 Sunita Maheshwari
 25. Heart in Systemic Diseases 968
 Aspi R Billimoria
 26. Disorders of the Myocardium 973
 KK Talwar and Ajay Bahl
 27. Diseases of the Pericardium 985
 Sanjay Tyagi and Amit Mittal
 28. Surgical Management of Heart Disease 996
 Muhammad Abid Geelani
 29. Diseases of the Aorta 1005
 Manotosh Panja and Soumitra Kumar
 30. Vascular Disorders of the Extremities 1015
 Gurpreet Singh Wander and Bishav Mohan
 31. Pregnancy and Heart Disease 1023
 Amal Kumar Banerjee
 32. Prevention of Cardiovascular Diseases 1029
 SKD Bhardwaj
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxx PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxx 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxxi
Part 13 Gastroenterology
 1. Basic Considerations in Gastroenterology 1034
 Vineet Ahuja and V Pratap Mouli
 2. Clinical Approach to a Patient with Gastrointestinal Disease 1038
 AC Anand and Pankaj Puri
 3. Investigations: Gastrointestinal Disorders 1042
 Ashok Chacko
 4. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Utility of Endoscopy 1045
 Gourdas Choudhuri
 5. Oesophageal Disorders 1051
 Shobna Bhatia and Deepak Kumar Gupta
 6. Diseases of the Stomach and Duodenum 1061
 Pankaj Dhawan and Rajesh Sainani
 7. Gastrointestinal Bleeding 1069
 Rakesh Kochhar and Jahangeer Basha
 8. Acute Pancreatitis 1079
 Pramod Kumar Garg
 9. Chronic Pancreatitis 1092
 V Balakrishnan and Gopalakrishna Rajesh
 10. Neoplasms of the Pancreas 1098
 V Balakrishnan and Gopalakrishna Rajesh
 11. Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders 1103
 Philip Abraham
 12. Constipation: Diagnosis and Management 1108
 Uday Chand Ghoshal
 13. Diarrhoea and Malabsorption 1112
 BS Ramakrishna
 14. Abdominal Tuberculosis 1120
 Govind K Makharia
 15. Infl ammatory Bowel Disease 1128
 Ajit Sood and Vandana Midha
 16. Ischaemic Bowel Disorders 1134
 Deepak Kumar Bhasin
 17. Gastrointestinal Symptoms in Extra-abdominal and Systemic Diseases 1137
 Sudeep Khanna and Rakesh Tandon
Part 14 Hepatology
 1. Basic Considerations of Hepatobiliary Disorders 1144
 Vivek Anand Saraswat
 2. Hepatobiliary Disorders: Clinical Approach and Investigations 1148
 Nagaraja Rao Padaki
 3. Hepatobiliary Disorders: Imaging 1158
 Shrinivas B Desai
 4. Acute Viral Hepatitis 1167
 DN Amarapurkar
 5. Chronic Viral Hepatitis 1174
 Radha K Dhiman
 6. Chronic Non-viral Hepatitis 1181
 CE Eapen
 7. Alcoholic Liver Disease 1184
 Rajesh Upadhyay and Nitin Gupta
 8. Cirrhosis of the Liver 1190
 Philip Abraham
 9. Extrahepatic Portal Venous Obstruction 1196
 Yogesh K Chawla
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxi PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxi 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxxii
 10. Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease 1199
 Ajay Duseja
 11. Acute Liver Failure 1204
 SK Acharya and Shalimar
 12. Inherited Metabolic Disorders of the Liver 1210
 P Advaitham and Shanthi Vijayaragavan
 13. Parasitic Diseases of the Liver 1216
 MP Sharma and Vaibhav Gupta
 14. Toxic and Drug-induced Liver Injury 1220
 Abraham Koshy
 15. Liver Transplantation 1222
 Subash Gupta and Ajay Kumar
 16. Pregnancy and Liver Diseases 1225
 Ashish Goel
 17. Liver in Systemic Diseases 1230
 Premashis Kar and Rajiv Singla
 18. Tumours of the Liver 1234
 Kaushal Madan and Pankaj Tyagi
 19. Diseases of the Gall Bladder and Biliary Tract 1238
 Usha Dutta and Rakesh Tandon
Part 15 Haematology
 1. Haematopoiesis 1245
 Shaji V Ramachandran and Vikram Mathews
 2. Anaemia: A Clinical Approach 1253
 Renu Saxena and M Mahapatra
 3. Splenomegaly: A Clinical Approach 1258
 Pankaj Malhotra
 4. Iron Defi ciency Anaemia 1262
 Subhash Varma
 5. Megaloblastic Anaemia 1268
 Tarun Kumar Dutta
 6. Hereditary Haemolytic Anaemia 1274
 MB Agarwal
 7. Acquired Haemolytic Anaemia 1285
 Farah Jijina
 8. Aplastic Anaemia 1291
 Dharma R Choudhary and Tuphan Kanti Dolai
 9. Acute Leukaemia 1297
 SH Advani
 10. Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia and Other Myeloproliferative Neoplasms 1306
 Tapan Kumar Saikia
 11. Myelodysplastic Syndromes 1310
 Rajat Kumar and Seema Tyagi
 12. Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia 1316
 M Mahapatra and Renu Saxena
 13. Hodgkin’s Lymphoma 1321
 Bharath Rangarajan and PM Parikh
 14. Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma 1327
 Auro Viswabandya
 15. Plasma Cell Dyscrasias 1331
 Pankaj Manubhai Shah
 16. Bleeding Disorders 1337
 Kanjaksha Ghosh
 17. Platelet Disorders 1341
 Prantar Chakrabarti
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxxiii
 18. Idiopathic Thrombocytopenic Purpura 1346
 Cecil Ross
 19. Disorders of Coagulation 1351
 Jina Bhattacharyya and Sangit Dutta
 20. Hypercoagulable Disorders 1355
 Mammen Chandy
 21. Transfusion Medicine 1360
 Neelam Marwaha
 22. Haematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation 1365
 Velu Nair
Part 16 HIV and AIDS
 1. Epidemiology of Human Immunodefi ciency Virus Infection 1374
 OC Abraham and Susanne A Pulimood
 2. HIV Virology and Immunology Including Diagnosis 1376
 V Ravi and Anita Desai
 3. Pathophysiology and Clinical Features 1380
 UL Wagholikar and Alaka Deshpande
 4. Antiretroviral Therapy 1386
 BB Rewari
 5. Drug Resistance 1390
 Alaka Deshpande
 6. Non-opportunistic Infections 1394
 Anil Kumar Tripathi and D Himanshu
 7. Opportunistic Infections 1398
 Jyoti Wadhwa
 8. Non-pharmacologic Interventions and Prevention 1403
 R Sajithkumar
Contents
Part 17 Infectious Diseases
A. General Considerations
 1. Basic Considerations of Infections 1411
 Subhasish Kamal Guha
 2. Laboratory Diagnosis of Infections 1414
 Camilla Rodrigues and Niyati Desai
 3. Syndromic Approach to Infectious Diseases 1422
 Rajeev Soman and Neha Gupta
 4. Antimicrobial Therapy 1429
 Jagriti Bhatia and Dharamvir Singh Arya
 5. Infection in the Immunocompromised Host 1437
 Ghan Shyam Pangtey and Anupam Prakash
 6. Hospital-acquired Infections/Nosocomial Infections 1440
 A Shobhana
 7. Prevention of Healthcare Associated Infections 1446
 BB Rewari and Usha K Baveja
 8. Hospital Infection Control 1452
 Rohini Kelkar
B. Bacterial Infections
 9. Staphylococcal Infections 1455
 Rita Sood
Volume 2
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxiii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxiii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxxiv
10. Streptococcal Infections 1460
 Abhay Narain Rai
 11. Pneumococcal Infections 1463
 DP Bhadoria and Sanjay Pandit
 12. Meningococcal Infections 1467
 RK Singal and Vivek Pal Singh
 13. Gonococcal Infections 1472
 Chander Grover
 14. Typhoid Fever (Enteric Fever) 1476
 Swapan Kumar Niyogi
 15. Bacillary Dysentery 1480
 Pankaj Tyagi
 16. Cholera 1483
 Sujit K Bhattacharya and Sandipan Ganguly
 17. Diseases Caused by Gram-negative Enteric Bacilli 1486
 Richa Dewan
 18. Haemophilus Infl uenzae Infections 1491
 M Sabir and Mansoor Ahmed
 19. Legionnaires’ Disease 1495
 PS Shankar
 20. Plague and Other Yersinia Infections 1498
 Veena Mittal
 21. Clostridial Infections 1502
 MK Daga and Arvind Kumar
 22. Diphtheria 1508
 Sandeep B Bavdekar
 23. Pertussis: Whooping Cough 1511
 YK Amdekar
C. Miscellaneous Bacterial Infections
 24. Syphilis 1514
 Debabrata Bandyopadhyay
 25. Non-syphilitic Treponematoses 1519
 Taru Garg
 26. Leptospirosis 1522
 AP Sugunan
 27. Other Spirochaetal Infections: Lyme Disease and Rat Bite Fever 1526
 Kamlesh Tewary
 28. Anaerobic Infections 1529
 R Sajithkumar
 29. Atypical Mycobacterial Infection 1531
 Surendra Daga
 30. Brucellosis 1534
 BG Mantur
 31. Donovanosis 1537
 Dwijendra Nath Gangopadhyay
 32. Actinomycosis and Nocardiosis 1539
 A Muruganathan
 33. Bartonella Infections 1542
 Pallavi Bhargava
 34. Melioidosis 1544
 Kavitha Saravu
D. Rickettsial, Chlamydial and Mycoplasma Infections
 35. Rickettsial Infections 1547
 Mala Chhabra and Veena Mittal
 36. Chlamydial Infections 1553
 TK Suma
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxiv PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxiv 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxxv
 37. Mycoplasma Infections 1556
 Dilip Mathai
E. Viral Infections
 38. Basic Considerations of Viral Diseases 1558
 Usha K Baveja
 39. Herpes Simplex Virus Infections 1565
 Aditya Prakash Misra
 40. Human Papillomavirus and Parvovirus Infections 1569
 Neerja Bhatla and Biswa B Dash
 41. Swine Flu/Avian Flu 1575
 Arvind Mathur and Prabhu Prakash
 42. Dengue 1580
 ME Yeolekar and S Sukumaran
 43. Ebola and Marburg Infections 1584
 Partha Pratim Chakraborty
 44. Japanese Encephalitis 1586
 Deepshikha
 45. Rabies 1590
 Tarun Kumar Dutta
 46. Viral Gastroenteritis 1595
 Prabhash Chandra Bhattacharyya and Rupjyoti Talukdar
 47. Mumps 1597
 Falguni S Parikh
 48. Measles (Rubeola) 1599
 RK Goyal
 49. Smallpox 1602
 Ramesh Balwant Pandit
 50. Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis 1604
 Praveen Gupta
 51. Prion Disease 1607
 PK Maheshwari and Anjana Pandey
 52. Human Babesiosis 1609
 Yash Pal Munjal and Kusumita Chaudhuri
F. Protozoal Diseases
 53. Malaria 1611
 AK Agarwal and Sarit Chatterjee
 54. Amoebiasis and Giardiasis 1620
 MP Sharma and Vaibhav Gupta
 55. Leishmaniasis 1624
 Shyam Sundar
 56. Toxoplasmosis 1629
 Madhukar Rai
 57. Trypanosomiasis 1632
 Prashant P Joshi
 58. Cryptosporidiosis, Trichomoniasis, Balantidiasis and Isosporiasis 1636
 Atul Bhasin
G. Helminthic Diseases
 59. Ankylostomiasis, Ascariasis and Other Nematodal Infections 1639
 Narender Pal Jain
 60. Tapeworm and Hydatid Diseases 1650
 Anurag Saxena
 61. Filariasis and Other Related Infestations 1658
 Sanjay Zachariah
 62. Schistosomiasis/Bilharziasis 1664
 Kirti C Patel
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxv PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxv 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxxvi
H. Fungal Infections
 63. Systemic Fungal Infections 1667
 Shruti Prem and Rajat Kumar
 64. Pneumocystis Jirovecii Pneumonia 1678
 V Ramasubramanian
Part 18 Disorders of Metabolism
 1. Basic Considerations of Metabolism 1682
 BK Sahay
 2. Inborn Errors of Carbohydrate Metabolism 1684
 Siddharth N Shah
 3. Lipids and Lipoprotein Metabolism 1687
 Soneil Guptha
 4. Disorders of Purine and Pyrimidine Metabolism 1698
 RV Jayakumar
 5. Iron Metabolism and Iron Overload Syndrome 1700
 Mukesh Desai
 6. Porphyrias 1711
 Dhanpat Kumar Kochar
 7. Wilson’s Disease 1716
 Sanjib Sinha and AB Taly
 8. Lysosomal Storage Disorders 1722
 Prasanta Kumar Bhattacharya
 9. Inherited Disorders of Membrane Transport 1726
 SK Singh
 10. Amyloidosis 1730
 Manisha Sahay
 11. Disorders of Adipose Tissue and Obesity 1735
 Shashank R Joshi
 12. The Metabolic Syndrome 1740
 Anoop Misra and Swati Bhardwaj
Part 19 Nephrology
 1. Structure and Function of the Kidney 1744
 Sandeep Mahajan and Yasir S Rizvi
 2. Kidney Disease: A Clinical Approach 1750
 Vijay Kher and Pranaw Kumar Jha
 3. Acute Kidney Injury 1757
 Alan F Almeida and Amit Langote
 4. Chronic Kidney Disease 1762
 Ashok L Kirpalani and Hardik Shah
 5. Primary Glomerular Diseases 1772
 Vinay Sakhuja and Raja Ramachandran
 6. Secondary Glomerular Diseases 1783
 OP Kalra and Sandeep Mahajan
 7. Urinary Tract Infections 1791
 R Kasi Visweswaran and Praveen Namboodiri
 8. Nephrolithiasis and Urinary Tract Obstruction 1797
 PD Gulati
 9. Vascular Injury to Kidney 1802
 AK Hooda and AS Narula
 10. Polycystic Kidney Disease and Inherited Tubular Disorders 1807
 PP Varma and Ranjith Nair
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxvi PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxvi 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxxvii
11. Dialysis and Other Extracorporeal Therapies 1814
 NK Hase
 12. Renal Transplantation 1827
 George T John
 13. Tubulointerstitial Diseases of the Kidney 1833
 Sree B Raju
 14. Drug Nephrotoxicity and Renal Dosage Adjustment 1839
 Ankur Gupta and Pritam Gupta
Part 20 Neurology
 1. Neurological Disorders: Basic Consideration and Clinical Approach 1847
 MV Padma Srivastava and RS Wadia
 2. Clinical Neurophysiology 1859
 J Kalita and UK Misra
 3. Neuroimaging 1867
 Rakesh K Gupta and Krishan K Jain
 4. Epilepsy 1874
 Sanjeev V Thomas
 5. Disorders of Speech 1890
 Apoorva Pauranik
 6. Disorders of Cranial Nerves 1900
 Sankar Prasad Gorthi and Sundaram Venkatraman
 7. Ischaemic Cerebrovascular Diseases 1912
 PM Dalal and M Bhattacharjee
 8. Haemorrhagic Cerebrovascular Diseases 1926
 MV Padma Srivastava and Ajay Garg
 9. Cerebrovenous Thrombotic Disorders 1933
 D Nagaraja and N Karthik
 10. Bacterial Meningitis and Brain Abscess 1937
 Ravindra Kumar Garg and Praveen Kumar Sharma
 11. Neurotuberculosis 1944
 Shyamal Kumar Das and Debal Laha
 12. Neurosyphilis 1954
 S Prabhakar and Manish Modi
 13. Viral Infections of Central Nervous System 1958
 Nadir E Bharucha
 14. Slow Virus Infections and Prion Diseases 1966
 SK Shankar
 15. Fungal and Parasitic Diseases of the Nervous System 1971
 Ashok Panagariya and Parul Dubey
 16. Raised Intracranial Pressure and Hydrocephalus 1977
 Daljit Singh
 17. Dementia 1981
 PS Mathuranath
 18. Extrapyramidal Disorders 1987
 BS Singhal
 19. Cerebellar Disorders 1993
 Netravathi M and Pramod Kumar Pal
 20. Hyperkinetic Movement Disorders 2013
 Mohit Bhatt
 21. Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Other Motor Neuron Diseases 2018
 BK Bajaj
 22. Demyelinating Diseases of Nervous System 2026
 Man Mohan Mehndiratta and Prachi Mehndiratta
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxvii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxvii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
API Textbook of Medicine
xxxviii
 23. Nutritional and Toxic Disorders of the Nervous System 2034
 UK Misra
 24. Metabolic Disorders of Nervous System 2041
 Vrajesh Udani and Neelu Desai
 25. Intracranial Space-occupying Lesions 2055
 P Sarat Chandra and PN Tandon
 26. Head Injury 2065
 AK Singh
 27. Peripheral Neuropathy 2073
 AK Meena and SA Jabeen
 28. Disorders of Autonomic Nervous System 2086
 Garima Shukla
 29. Myasthenia Gravis 2090
 Sumit Singh and Atma Ram Bansal
 30. Diseases of Muscles 2094
 SV Khadilkar
 31. Non-compressive Myelopathies 2107
 Mrinal Kanti Roy
 32. Compressive Myelopathies 2113
 Vibhor Pardasani
Part 21 Oncology
 1. Developments in Oncology 2120
 Lalit Kumar and Prabhat Singh Malik
 2. Principles of Cancer Biology and Pathology 2125
 Anita M Borges
 3. Cancer Screening and Prevention 2131
 Atul Sharma and MP Ram Prabhu
 4. Principles of Drug Treatment of Cancer 2134
 Lalit Kumar and Prabhat Singh Malik
 5. Principles of Radiotherapy 2143
 GK Rath
 6. Head and Neck Cancers 2147
 VP Gangadharan
 7. Breast Cancer 2150
 Vinay H Deshmane
 8. Tumours of the Gastrointestinal Tract (Stomach and Oesophagus) 2157
 KM Mohandas
 9. Colorectal Cancer 2164
 K Govind Babu
 10. Genitourinary Cancers 2167
 Sudeep Gupta
 11. Gynaecological Malignancies 2173
 PP Bapsy
 12. Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcoma 2180
 Avinash Deo
 13. Cancer of Unknown Primary Site 2184
 Hemant Malhotra and Ashwin Mathur
 14. Paraneoplastic Syndromes 2191
 Senthil Rajappa and D Raghunadharao
 15. Cancers in the Predisposed Host 2197
 K Pavithran
 16. Oncological Emergencies 2202
 Avinash Deo
 17. Supportive Care in Cancer 2206
 Madhuchanda Kar and Rakesh Roy
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxviii PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxviii 29-01-2015 14:22:09 9-01-2015 14:22:09
xxxix
Part 22 Psychiatric Medicine
 1. Introduction and Basic Considerations in Psychiatry 2212
 Yatan Pal Singh Balhara and Koushik Sinha Deb
 2. Organic Mental Disorders 2222
 SK Khandelwal
 3. Substance Use Disorders 2229
 Debasish Basu
 4. Psychosis and Schizophrenia 2236
 R Thara and Shiva Prakash Srinivasan
 5. Mood Disorders 2241
 Yatan Pal Singh Balhara
 6. Anxiety Disorders 2247
 A Shyam Sundar and YC Janardhan Reddy
 7. Somatoform Disorders 2254
 Rakesh K Chadda
 8. Emergency Psychiatry 2260
 Dipesh Bhagabati
 9. Sexual Disorders 2266
 TS Sathyanarayana Rao and Abhinav Tandon
 10. Biological and Somatic Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders 2276
 E Mohandas and Rajmohan V
 11. Psychotherapies in Mental Health 2284
 Manoj K Sharma
Part 23 Pulmonary Medicine
 1. Respiratory System: Basic Anatomy and Physiology 2290
 SK Chhabra
 2. Pulmonary Disorders: A Clinical Approach 2300
 Jyotsna M Joshi
 3. Diagnostic Procedures in Pulmonary Disorders 2306
 Gautam Ahluwalia and Surendra K Sharma
 4. Upper Respiratory Tract Infections 2313
 DG Jain
 5. Bronchial Asthma 2317
 Virendra Singh
 6. Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 2328
 Surendra K Sharma
 7. Pneumonia 2339
 Digambar Behera
 8. Suppurative Pleuro-pulmonary Diseases 2352
 Sahajal Dhooria and Navneet Singh
 9. Pulmonary Tuberculosis 2363
 MS Jawahar
 10. Fungal Infections of the Lungs 2371
 Ashok Shah
 11. Diff use Interstitial Lung Diseases 2378
 Surinder K Jindal
 12. Eosinophilic Lung Diseases and Tropical Pulmonary Eosinophilia 2388
 VK Vijayan
 13. Sarcoidosis 2395
 VK Vijayan
 14. Sleep-related Breathing Disorders 2403
 R Narasimhan and AR Gayathri
 15. Deep Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism 2408
 Jamshed D Sunavala and Shruti M Tandan
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxix PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xxxix 29-01-2015 14:22:10 9-01-2015 14:22:10
API Textbook of Medicine
xl
 16. Diseases of Pleura, Mediastinum, Diaphragm and Chest Wall 2417
 Alladi Mohan
 17. Benign and Malignant Tracheobronchial Tumours 2428
 Lalit Kumar and MP Ram Prabhu
 18. Atelectasis and Pulmonary Fibrosis 2438
 Prasanta Raghab Mohapatra
 19. Cor Pulmonale 2447
 Sandeep Singh
 20. Pulmonary Rehabilitation 2454
 Sanjeev Sinha and Faraz Ahmed Farooqui
Part 24 Rheumatology
 1. Basic Considerations of Rheumatology 2458
 Rohini Handa
 2. Soft Tissue Rheumatism and Regional Rheumatic Pain Syndromes 2463
 Ved Chaturvedi
 3. Low Back Pain 2469
 Ghan Shyam Pangtey and Hemant Gopal
 4. Osteoarthritis 2478
 Siddharth Kumar Das
 5. Gout and Other Crystal Arthritides 2483
 URK Rao and Sripurna Deepti
 6. Rheumatoid Arthritis 2492
 AN Malaviya
 7. Spondarthritides 2513
 Milind Y Nadkar and Manish W Itolikar
 8. Sjögren’s Syndrome 2522
 Uma Kumar
 9. Systemic Lupus Erythematosus 2525
 VR Joshi
 10. Antiphospholipid Syndrome 2534
 Vikas Agarwal and Anupam Wakhlu
 11. Infl ammatory Muscle Diseases 2539
 Alakendu Ghosh and Pradyot Sinhamahapatra
 12. Systemic Sclerosis 2545
 Shefali Khanna Sharma
 13. The Vasculitides 2549
 Pradeep Bambery
 14. Mixed Connective Tissue Disease and Overlap Syndromes 2560
 G Narsimulu
 15. Rheumatic Manifestations of Systemic Diseases 2564
 Debashish Danda
 16. Miscellaneous Rheumatic Disorders 2568
 Binoy J Paul
 17. Emergencies in Rheumatology 2574
 Madhumita P Das
 18. Tropical Rheumatic Diseases 2579
 Aman Sharma
Part 25 Nutrition
 1. Nutrition: Basic Considerations 2584
 SV Madhu
 2. Assessment of Nutritional Status 2589
 Prema Ramachandran
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xl PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xl 29-01-2015 14:22:10 9-01-2015 14:22:10
xli
 3. Protein Energy Malnutrition 2593
 Piyush Gupta
 4. Water-soluble Vitamins 2598
 Milind Y Nadkar
 5. Fat-soluble Vitamins 2603
 Ghan Shyam Pangtey and Moti Lal
 6. Minerals, Trace Elements and Antioxidants 2608
 M Raghunath and D Sreeramulu
 7. Food Allergy and Food Intolerance 2615
 UV Mani
 8. Eating Disorders 2618
 Anupam Prakash
 9. Enteral and Parenteral Nutrition Support 2621
 Varsha
Part 26 Poisoning and Toxicology
 1. Poisoning: Basic Considerations and Epidemiology 2628
 Narinder Pal Singh and Gurleen Kaur
 2. Aluminium Phosphide Poisoning 2632
 Surjit Singh
 3. Organophosphorous Poisoning 2634
 Surjit Singh
 4. Corrosive Poisoning 2637
 Rakesh Kochhar
 5. Alcohol Poisoning 2640
 Pritam Gupta and Ankur Gupta
 6. Plant Poisoning 2644
 DKS Subrahmanyam and Muktha V
 7. Drug Overdose 2649
 Narinder Pal Singh
 8. Snake Bite Poisoning 2656
 HS Bawaskar
 9. Scorpion Sting 2662
 HS Bawaskar
 10. Fluorosis 2670
 D Raja Reddy
 11. Lathyrism 2677
 UK Misra and J Kalita
 12. Epidemic Dropsy 2679
 Vivek Suman and Shubha Laxmi Margekar
 13. Heavy Metal Poisoning 2681
 Praveen Aggarwal
 14. Miscellaneous Poisonings 2693
 Subhash Varma and Vikas Suri
Part 27 Environmental Medicine
 1. Basic Considerations of Environmental and Occupational Diseases 2704
 Randeep Guleria
 2. Climate Change: Health and Disease 2707
 Anil Gurtoo
 3. Air Pollution and Public Health 2713
 Anumita R Chowdhury
 4. Air-borne Pollutants and Smoke-related Hazards 2719
 Rajeev Gupta
Contents
API _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xli PI _ Prelims _ Vol-1 for (TRADE).indd xli 29-01-2015 14:22:10 9-01-2015 14:22:10
API Textbook of Medicine
xlii
5. Drowning, Near Drowning and Submersion Injury 2725
 Yudh Dev Singh
 6. Electric Shock and Lightning Injury 2728
 Naveet Wig and Sourabh Malviya
 7. Eff ects of Extremes of Temperature 2731
 Rajvir Bhalwar
 8. High Altitude Medicine 2738
 Anuj Chawla
 9. Aerospace Medicine 2746
 JS Kulkarni
 10. Radiation Hazards 2752
 AM Samuel
 11. Environmental Disasters 2757
 G Immanuel
Part 28 Miscellaneous
 1. Oral Health and Systemic Diseases 2762
 Akshay Munjal and Shilpa Khullar
 2. Geriatric Medicine: An Overview 2766
 Vinod Kumar
 3. Frailty Syndrome 2771
 ME Yeolekar and S Sukumaran
 4. Polypharmacy in Elderly 2774
 Jyotirmoy Pal and Sattik Siddhanta
 5. Sexual Medicine 2778
 Prakash Kothari
 6. Sports Medicine 2783
 Jaspal S Sandhu and Shweta Shenoy
 7. Life-style Modifi cations to Prevent and Control Diseases 2787
 Shridhar Dwivedi and Ramesh Aggarwal
 8. Diet in Medical Diseases 2790
 Siddharth N Shah
 9. Tobacco Smoking-related Diseases and Tobacco Cessation 2800
 Raj Kumar
 10. Adult Immunisation 2805
 AK Agarwal and Sumeet Singla
 11. Travel Medicine 2818
 Yash Pal Munjal and Aditya Prakash Misra
 12. Perioperative Management 2825
 Prabha Adhikari
 13. Law and Medicine 2829
 A Muruganathan and Yash Pal Munjal
 14. Care of Terminally Ill 2834
 Anil Chaturvedi
Part 29 Future of Medicine
 1. Futuristic Medicine 2840
 Yash Pal Munjal and Anupam Prakash
 2. Regenerative Medicine 2846
 Velu Nair
 3. Introduction to Space Medicine 2854
 R Gerzer
 4. Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine 2861
 RD Lele
 5. Robotic Surgery 2868
 Roman Dutta
 Index I–1
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29005">Place Hold on <em>API Textbook of medicine vol.1</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29005</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Applications of Ultrasound in Anesthesia: A Handbook






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29023</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Lalchandani Kavitha S. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2018
                        . 135
                        , 	Chapter-01 Basics of Ultrasound	1-15	
Chapter-02 Ultrasound-guided Central Venous Access	16-56	
Chapter-03 Complications and their Management	57-65	
Chapter-04 Ultrasound-guided Peripheral Venous Access	66-74	
Chapter-05 Introduction of Ultrasound-guided Regional Block	75-85	
Chapter-06 Upper Extremity Nerve Blocks	86-109	
Chapter-07 Lower Extremity Nerve Blocks	110-118	
Chapter-08 Transversus Abdominis Plane Block	119-130
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29023">Place Hold on <em>Applications of Ultrasound in Anesthesia: A Handbook</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29023</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Atlas of Histopathology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29159</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Damjamov Ivan. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2012
                        . 399
                        , 1. The Cardiovascular System .................................................................................... 1
Ivan Damjanov
Normal Histology 1
Atherosclerosis 2
Coronary Heart Disease 2
Hypertension 3
Rheumatic Heart Disease 3
Infections of the Heart 4
Cardiomyopathy 5
Tumors of the Heart 5
Vasculitis 5
Tumors of Blood Vessels 6
2. The Respiratory System ........................................................................................ 27
Paul St. Romain, Rashna Madan, Ivan Damjanov
Upper Respiratory System 27
Sinonasal Inflammations 27
Nasopharyngeal Tumors 27
Lungs 28
Alveolar Disorders Impeding Respiration 28
Bronchopulmonary Infections 29
Immunologic Lung Diseases 31
Interstitial Lung Diseases 31
Pneumoconioses 32
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease 33
Pulmonary Neoplasms 33
3. Hematopoietic and Lymphoid System ................................................................. 57
Da Zhang
Normal Hematopoietic and Lymphoid System 57
Anemia 57
Microcytic Hypochromic Anemia 58
Macrocytic Anemia 58
Anemia Caused by Intrinsic Red Blood Cell Abnormalities 58
Anemia Caused by Bone Marrow Failure 59
Hemolytic Anemia 59
Leukemia 59
Acute Myeloid Leukemia 60
Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia/Lymphoma 60
Chronic Myeloid Leukemia 60
Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia 60
Lymphoma 61
Hodgkin Lymphoma 61
4. Digestive System .................................................................................................... 83
Rashna Madan
Esophagus 83
Developmental Anomalies 83
Inflammatory and Infectious Conditions 83
Preneoplastic Conditions and Neoplasms 84
Contents
xiv / ATLAS OF HISTOPATHOLOGY
Stomach 85
Developmental Anomalies 86
Inflammatory and Infectious Conditions (Gastritis) and Gastropathies 86
Polyps and Neoplasms 88
Small Intestine 90
Developmental Anomalies 90
Inflammatory and Infectious Conditions 90
Polyps and Neoplasms 91
Colon 91
Developmental Anomalies 92
Inflammatory and Infectious Conditions 92
Polyps and Neoplasms 94
Appendix 95
Inflammatory and Infectious Conditions 96
Neoplasms 96
5. Hepatobiliary System .......................................................................................... 137
Maura O’ Neil
Liver 137
Inflammatory Diseases 137
Metabolic Disorders 139
Cirrhosis 139
Neoplasms 139
Gallbladder 140
Inflammation 140
Neoplasms 141
6. Pancreas ................................................................................................................ 159
Rashna Madan, Ivan Damjanov
Congenital and Inherited Conditions 159
Inflammatory Diseases 159
Neoplasms 160
Tumors of the Exocrine Pancreas 160
Tumors of the Endocrine Pancreas 161
7. The Urinary System............................................................................................. 177
Da Zhang, Ivan Damjanov
Normal Histology 177
Overview of Pathology 177
Developmental Disorders 177
Glomerular Diseases 178
Vascular Kidney Diseases 180
Infectious Diseases 180
Neoplasms 180
8. The Male Genital System ................................................................................ 199
Ivan Damjanov
Testis 199
Developmental Disorders 199
Infections 199
Neoplasms 200
Prostate 201
Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia 201
Neoplasms 201
Penis 201
Neoplasms 202
9. Female Reproductive System .............................................................................. 215
Fang Fan
Vulva, Vagina and Cervix 215
Non-Neoplastic Epithelial Vulvar Disorders 215
Non-Neoplastic Lesions of Cervix 216
Human Papillomavirus Related Squamous Intraepithelial Lesions 216
Invasive Squamous Cell Carcinoma 217
Cervical Adenocarcinoma 217
Vulvar Paget Disease 217
Uterine Corpus 217
Endometritis 218
Endometrial Hyperplasia 218
Endometrial Epithelial Tumors 218
Endometrial Stromal Tumors 219
Smooth Muscle Tumors 219
Carcinosarcoma 220
Fallopian Tube 220
Acute and Chronic Salpingitis 220
Tubal Pregnancy 221
Carcinoma 221
Ovary 221
Non-Neoplastic Cysts 221
Endometriosis 221
Surface Epithelial-Stromal Tumors 221
Germ Cell Tumors 222
Sex Cord-Stromal Tumors 222
Metastatic Tumors 223
Pregnancy Related Changes 223
Blighted Ovum 223
Hydatidiform Mole 223
Choriocarcinoma 224
10. Breast .................................................................................................................... 253
Fang Fan
Normal Breast 253
Reactive and Inflammatory Lesions 254
Nonproliferative Fibrocystic Change 254
Adenosis 254
Intraductal Proliferative Lesions 254
Lobular Neoplasia 255
Fibroepithelial Lesions 256
Papillary Lesions 256
Invasive Breast Carcinoma 256
Male Breast Lesions 257
11. The Endocrine System......................................................................................... 273
Paul St. Romain, Ivan Damjanov
Pituitary 273
Neoplasms 273
Thyroid 274
Goiter 274
Thyroiditis 274
Neoplasms 275
CONTENTS / xv
Parathyroid 276
Hyperplasia 276
Adenoma 276
Adrenal 277
Acute Adrenal Insufficiency 277
Chronic Adrenal Insufficiency 277
Adrenal Cortical Hyperplasia 277
Adrenal Cortical Adenoma 278
Adrenal Cortical Carcinoma 278
Pheochromocytoma 278
Neuroblastoma 278
12. The Skin ................................................................................................................ 297
Garth Fraga
Genodermatoses 297
Inflammatory Dermatoses 297
Spongiotic Dermatitis 297
Psoriasiform Dermatitis 298
Interface Dermatitis 298
Disorders of the Hair Follicle 298
Perivascular Dermatitis 299
Granulomatous Dermatitis 299
Vesiculobullous/Blistering Dermatitis 299
Infections and Infestations 300
Bacterial Infections 300
Viral Infections 300
Fungal Infections 300
Arthropods 300
Neoplasms 301
Epidermal Neoplasms 301
Melanocytic Neoplasms 301
Mesenchymal Neoplasms 302
Hematolymphoid Neoplasms 303
13. Bones, Joints and Soft Tissues ............................................................................ 331
Katie L Dennis, Fang Fan
Bones 331
Developmental Disorders 331
Metabolic Disorders 332
Inflammation 333
Neoplasms and Related Lesions 333
Joints 334
Osteoarthritis 335
Rheumatoid Arthritis 335
Gout 335
Pigmented Villonodular Synovitis 335
Soft Tissue Tumors 335
Tumors of Adipose Tissue 336
Tumors of Fibrous Tissue 336
Tumors of Skeletal Muscle 336
Tumor of Uncertain Histogenesis 336
xvi / ATLAS OF HISTOPATHOLOGY
14. Skeletal Muscles ................................................................................................... 355
Ivan Damjanov
Neurogenic Muscle Diseases 355
Genetic Muscle Diseases 356
Rhabdomyolysis 357
15 Central Nervous System ...................................................................................... 367
Paul St. Romain, Ivan Damjanov
Normal Central Nervous System 367
Cellular Reactions to Injury 367
Neuronal Injury 367
Glial Reaction to Injury 368
Cerebrovascular Disease 368
Cerebral Ischemia 368
Infections of the Central Nervous System 369
Meningitis 369
Encephalitis 369
Subacute Sclerosing Panencephalitis 369
AIDS Encephalopathy 369
Spongiform Encephalopathies 370
Demyelinating Diseases 370
Multiple Sclerosis 370
Neurodegenerative Diseases 370
Alzheimer Disease 370
Parkinson Disease 370
Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis 371
Subacute Combined Degeneration of the Spinal Cord 371
Neoplasms 371
Astrocytic Tumors 371
Oligodendroglioma 371
Ependymoma 372
Medulloblastoma 372
Meningioma 372
Schwannoma 372
Hemangioblastoma 372
Metastatic Tumors 372
Index .............................................................................................................................. 395
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29159">Place Hold on <em>Atlas of Histopathology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29159</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Atlas of electrocardiography






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29242</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Wang,K. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2013
                        . 306
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29242">Place Hold on <em>Atlas of electrocardiography</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29242</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Atlas of electrocardiography






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29243</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Wang,K. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2013
                        . 306
                        , 1. Mechanics of Recording ECG 1
2. Vectorial Concept of the QRS 2
3. Orientation of the ECG Leads 3
4. Systematic Approach to the Interpretation of ECG 4
5. ECG Waves, Intervals and Segments 4
6. Guide for Heart Rate Estimation 5
7. Proper Labeling of the Component Waves of the Ventricular Depolarization 6
8. QRS Axis 7
9. Glossary of Cardiac Rhythms 8
10. A Normal ECG 18
11. P Wave Abnormalities 20
12. Ventricular Hypertrophy, Left, Right and Biventricular 21
13. Intraventricular Conduction Defect
	 	 •	 Bundle Branch Block 30
	 	 •	 Fascicular Block 33
14. AV Block 37
15. Myocardial Infarction 50
16. Simple Electrophysiologic Characteristics of the Conduction Systems 92
17. P-QRS Relationships in Arrhythmias
	 	 •	 Reciprocal Beats	 99
	 	 •	 Ventricular Capture Beats	 101
	 	 •	 Fusion Beats	 101
	 	 •	 AV Dissociation	 102
	 	 •	 Ventriculophasic Sinus Arrhythmia	 109
	 	 •	 Retrograde Conduction to Atria	 111
18. Atrial Premature Beats 112
19. Atrial Tachycardia 116
20. Role of the AV Junction in Supraventricular Arrhythmias 118
21. Effects of Adenosine in Supraventricular Arrhythmias 119
22. Supraventricular Tachycardia (SVT) 120
xii Atlas of Electrocardiography
23. Atrial Fibrillation 123
24. Atrial Flutter 129
25. Multifocal Atrial Tachycardia 146
26. Ventricular Premature Beats 150
27. Usefulness of Ventricular Premature Beats 154
28. Aberrant Conduction 161
29. Ventricular Tachycardia 165
30. Electrolyte Problems 171
31. Sinus Node Dysfunction 186
32. Electronic Pacemaker 190
33. Stress Electrocardiography 196
34. Atrial Repolarization (Ta) Wave 197
35. Ventricular Pre-excitation 200
36. Concealed Conduction 214
37. ST-Segment Elevation in Conditions Other than Myocardial Infarction
	 	 •	 Normal	 222
	 	 •	 Early Repolarization Pattern as a Normal Variant	 225
	 	 •	 &quot;The Other&quot; Normal Variant	 226
	 	 •	 Left Ventricular Hypertrophy	 23
	 	 •	 Left Bundle Branch Block	 81
	 	 •	 Pericarditis	 227
	 	 •	 Prinzmetal's Angina	 228
	 	 •	 Brugada Syndrome	 229
	 	 •	 Pulmonary Embolism	 230
	 	 •	 Stress Cardiomyopathy	 231
	 	 •	 Cardioversion	 232
	 	 •	 Hyperkalemia 177
	 	 •	 ‘Metabolic’ ST Elevation	 233
38. Miscellaneous:
	 	 •	 Accelerated AV Conduction	 234
	 	 •	 Acute Cor Pulmonale	 235
	 	 •	 Atrial Septal Defect, Primum and Secundum	 237
	 	 •	 Bidirectional Tachycardia	 239
	 	 •	 Brugada Syndrome	 229
	 	 •	 Cardioinhibitory Response	 240
	 	 •	 Dextrocardia	 241
	 	 •	 Digitalis Effect on the ST-Segment	 242
	 	 •	 Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy	 243
Contents xiii
	 	 •	 Early Transition	 244
	 	 •	 Ebstein's Anomaly	 245
	 	 •	 Electrical Alternans	 246
	 	 •	 Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy	 250
	 	 •	 Hypothermia	 251
	 	 •	 Late Transition	 253
	 	 •	 Long QT interval	 254
	 	 •	 Low QRS Voltage	 255
	 	 •	 Memory T–Wave	 256
	 	 •	 Mitral Stenosis	 257
	 	 •	 Nonspecific ST-T Changes	 258
	 	 •	 Poor R-Wave Progression	 259
	 	 •	 Stress Cardiomyopathy	 260
	 	 •	 Swan-Ganz Catheterization Causing High Grade AV Block in a Patient with LBBB	 261
	 	 •	 T-Wave Alternans	 262
	 	 •	 Transplanted Heart	 263
	 	 •	 Tricyclic Overdose	 264
	 	 •	 U Waves	 265
	 	 •	 U Waves Mimicking P Waves	 266
39. Artifacts 267
40. Differential Diagnosis of:
	 	 •	 Regular Narrow-QRS Tachycardia	 273
	 	 •	 Regular Narrow-QRS Bradycardia	 282
	 	 •	 Pauses	 284
	 	 •	 Tall R Waves in the Right Precordial Lead	 285
	 	 •	 Bigeminal Rhythm (Paired QRS Complexes)	 292
	 	 •	 Changing QRS Axis or Morphology	 294
	 	 •	 ST-Segment Elevation in V1-3	 296
41. Addendum
	 	 •	 How to Make an Interpretation of Arrhythmia Easy, Correct, Convincing and Clinically Relevant?	 298
	 	 •	 A Little Rhythm Strip that Told the Whole Story	 300
	 Index	 3
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29243">Place Hold on <em>Atlas of electrocardiography</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29243</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Atlas Optical Coherence Tomography of Macular Diseases and Glaucoma






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29434</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Gupta Vishali , Amod Gupta,  M R Dogra. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2012
                        . 744
                        , Chapter-01 Introduction to Optical Coherence Tomography	1-6	
Chapter-02 OCT Equipment	7-8	
Chapter-03 Technique of Acquiring OCT	9-14	
Chapter-04 Selection of Scan Protocols	15-26	
Chapter-05 Interpretation of OCT Scan	27-46	
Chapter-06 Diabetic Macular Edema	47-118	
Chapter-07 Idiopathic Central Serous Chorioretinopathy (ICSC)	119-181	
Chapter-08 Macular Hole	182-227	
Chapter-09 Retinal Vascular Occlusions	228-261	
Chapter-10 Retinal Vasculitis	262-265	
Chapter-11 Epiretinal Membranes	266-295	
Chapter-12 Age-related Macular Degeneration	296-353	
Chapter-13 OCT in Choroidal Neovascular Membranes	354-359	
Chapter-14 Juxtafoveal Telangiectasia	360-380	
Chapter-15 Heredodystrophic Disorders	381-435	
Chapter-16 Foveal Hemorrhage	436-439	
Chapter-17 Photic Maculopathy	440-447	
Chapter-18 Optic Disc Pits	448-457	
Chapter-19 Inflammatory Diseases of Retina-choroid	458-540	
Chapter-20 Retinal Angiomatosis Proliferation	541-548	
Chapter-21 Retinal Trauma	549-566	
Chapter-22 Macular Evaluation following Retinal Detachment Surgery	567-575	
Chapter-23 Degenerative Myopia	576-584	
Chapter-24 Postoperative Endophthalmitis	585-590	
Chapter-25 Multimodal Imaging with Spectralis HRA+OCT	591-656	
Chapter-26 Introduction	657-660	
Chapter-27 OCT in Glaucoma	661-664	
Chapter-28 OCT Scans for Glaucoma	665-677	
Chapter-29 Stratus OCT in Glaucoma	678-687	
Chapter-30 Case Illustrations	688-722	
Chapter-31 Limitations of OCT	723-731	
Chapter-32 The Spectral Domain OCT for Glaucoma	732-740	
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29434">Place Hold on <em>Atlas Optical Coherence Tomography of Macular Diseases and Glaucoma</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29434</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Autopsy Practices






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29477</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Lanjewar Dhaneshwar , Pradeep Vaideswar. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2017
                        . 180
                        , 1. Autopsy: Introduction and History 1
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Types of Autopsies 1; History of Autopsy 2;
History of Autopsy in India 5
2. External Examination at Autopsy 10
Arvind Valand, Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
3. Utility and Techniques of Autopsy 15
Jaya Deshpande
Preliminary Skin Incisions 17; Opening of the Thoracic
and Abdominal Cavities 18; Techniques of Evisceration 19
4. In situ Examination 22
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Examination of Cranial Cavity 22; Pericardial Cavity 23;
Pleural Cavity and Lungs 24; Abdominal Cavity 24
5. Systemic Examination 27
Bishan Radotra, Pradeep Vaideeswar, Gayathri Amonkar,
Anjali D Amarapurkar, Ashim Das, Vinaya Shah, Daksha Prabhat,
Shubhangi Agale, Subhash Yadav
5A: Central Nervous System 27
Bishan Radotra
Brain Removal Procedure 28; Examination of the
Brain Before Fixation 31; Fixation of the Brain 32;
Removal of the Spinal Cord 32; Examination of brain
After Fixation 33; Sampling for Histology 35;
Spinal Cord Examination and Sampling 36
5B: Cardiovascular System 38
Pradeep Vaideeswar
Separation and Fixation of the Heart 38; External Examination of
the Heart 41; Opening the Heart and Heart Weight 47;
Internal Examination of the Heart 48; Alterations in Dissection 53;
Sampling for Histopathology 53
Contents
Prelims.indd 13 12/23/2020 3:42:42 PM
xiv Autopsy Practices
5C: Examination of the Respiratory System 55
Gayathri Amonkar
Importance of External and In Situ 55; Lung Dissection, Fixation
and Cutting 57; Examination of the Lungs 59
5D: Gastrointestinal Tract at Autopsy 62
Anjali D Amarapurkar
In Situ Examination 63; Systemic Examination 63
5E: Approach in Autopsy of Patients with
Liver-related Problems 69
Ashim Das
External Examination 69; Internal Examination 70
5F: Urogenital Tract at Autopsy 76
Vinaya Shah
External Examination of the Kidneys 76; Examination of
Cut Surface of the Kidneys 79; Examination of the Ureters 83;
Examination of the Urinary Bladder 84; Examination of the Testes 85;
Examination of the Prostate 86; Examination of the Seminal Vesicles 86
Examination of the Female Genital Tract 86
5G: Examination of the Lymphoreticular System 88
Daksha Prabhat, Shubhangi Agale, Subhash Yadav
Spleen 88; Thymus 96
6. Autopsies in Special Situations 99
Bhuvaneshwari Kandalkar, Pragati Sathe,
Late Ratnaprabha Ghodke, Kusum Jashnani
6A: Pediatric Autopsies 99
Bhuvaneshwari Kandalkar, Pragati Sathe,
Late Ratnaprabha Ghodke
External Examination 100; Incisions and In Situ Examination 101;
Systemic Examination 102; Postmortem Investigations 105;
Sampling for Histopathology 105
6B: Autopsy in Maternal Deaths 107
Kusum Jashnani
Role of Autopsy in Maternal Deaths 108; Importance of
Clinical Records 108; External Examination 108;
In Situ Examination 109; Internal Systemic Examination 110
7. Autopsy and Law 118
Shailesh Mohite
Indian Law Related to Medicolegal Postmortem 122
8. Design of Autopsy Room 130
Smita Divate, Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Basic Functional Areas 130
Prelims.indd 14 12/23/2020 3:42:42 PM
Contents xv
9. Autopsy Safety Precautions 136
Smita Divate
General Rules for Autopsy Biosafety 137; Isolation Room for
Specific Types of High-Risk Autopsies 138; Safe Use of
Sharp Instruments 138; Limiting the Generation of Aerosols 138;
Personal Protective Attire/Equipment for Autopsies 139
Handwashing 139; Cleaning and Decontamination 139;
Handling of Cadavers 140; Storage and Transport of Tissues 140;
Demonstration of Organs At Meetings 141; Biowaste Disposal 141;
Photography 141; Employee Health 141; Appendix 1 143; Appendix 2 144
10. Autopsy Audit 145
Jaya Deshpande
Preanalytical Phase 145; Analytical Phase 146;
Postanalytical Phase 146; Autopsy Clinical Audit Monitors 147
11. Embalming 148
Deepak S Joshi
History 148; Modern Embalming 148; Principle of Embalming 149;
Pre-Embalming Steps and Their Legal Aspects 150;
Equipment Required for Embalming 150; Methods of Embalming 151;
Packing and Transportation 152; Plastination 152
12. Autopsy Guidelines in COVID-2019 154
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Guidelines and Precautions for Performing Autopsy 154;
Recommendations for Gross Contamination and Liquids 156
 Appendices 159
Case 1: Central Nervous System 159
Bishan Radotra
Case 2: Central Nervous System 162
Bishan Radotra
Case 3: Cardiovascular System 163
Pradeep Vaideeswar
Case 4: Cardiovascular System 166
Pradeep Vaideeswar
Case 5: Gastrointestinal Tract 169
Anjali D Amarapurkar
Case 6: Urinary Tract 171
Vinaya Shah
Case 7: Autopsy In Infectious Disease 173
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Prelims.indd 15 12/23/2020 3:42:42 PM
xvi Autopsy Practices
Case 8: Maternal Mortality 176
Kusum Jashnani
Case 9: Pediatric Autopsy 179
Pragati Sathe
Case 10: Urinary System and Gastrointestinal Tract 181
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar
Case 11: Respiratory System 184
Pradeep Vaideeswar, Saranya Singaravel
Case 12: Central Nervous, Cardiovascular and
Respiratory Systems 187
Bishan Radotra
Case 13: Multi-System Involvement 193
Bishan Radotra
Case 14: Gastrointestinal Tract 200
Dhaneshwar Lanjewar, Saroj Bolde
 Index 207

                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29477">Place Hold on <em>Autopsy Practices</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29477</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Basic concepts in Head &amp; Neck Surgery and oncology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29692</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Krishnakumar Thankappan, Subramania Iyer. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2015
                        . 264
                        , SECTION 1: THYROID
Chapter 1. Pathology of Thyroid Tumors....................................................................................3
Smitha NV
 Classification 3
 Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology (FNAC) 4
 Papillary Carcinoma 5
 Follicular Carcinoma 8
 Poorly Differentiated Carcinoma 9
 Anaplastic (Undifferentiated) Carcinoma 9
 Medullary Carcinoma 10
 Molecular Genetics 11
 Ancillary Testing 13
Chapter 2. Guidelines in the Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer...................14
Shreya Bhattacharya, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Diagnostic Evaluation 14
 Treatment 15
 Risk Stratification 20
 Role of Radioiodine after Thyroidectomy 20
 Distant Metastasis 21
 External Beam Radiotherapy (EBRT) 21
 Follow-up 21
 Recurrent DTC 21
Chapter 3. Guidelines in the Management of Medullary and
Anaplastic Thyroid Cancer.......................................................................................23
Shreya Bhattacharya, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Medullary Thyroid Cancers 23
 Diagnostic Evaluation 23
 TNM Staging 24
 Treatment 24
 Prognosis 26
 Anaplastic Carcinoma 26
 Staging 26
 Management 26
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 19 25-02-2019 16:49:20
xx Basic Concepts in Head and Neck Surgery and Oncology
Chapter 4. Principles of Thyroid Surgery..................................................................................28
Shreya Bhattacharya, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Surgical Anatomy 28
 Surgical Technique 29
 Complications of Thyroidectomy 30
Chapter 5. Role of Nuclear Medicine in Adjuvant Therapy
and Follow-up of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer.................................................32
P Shanmuga Sundaram
 Selection of Patients for Radioiodine 131I Ablation 33
 Side Effects of 131I High-dose Therapy 36
 Long-term Effects of 131I 37
Chapter 6. Medical Management of Differentiated Thyroid Cancer...................................39
Vasantha Nair, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 General Principles 39
 Follow-up after Initial Therapy 39
 T4 Suppression Therapy 40
 Role of T3 41
 Chemotherapy 41
 Addressing Comorbidities 41
Chapter 7. Parathyroid Tumors: Evaluation and Management............................................44
Shibu George
 Anatomy 44
 Primary Hyperparathyroidism and Parathyroid Adenoma 44
 Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism 45
 Parathyroid Carcinoma 47
 Secondary Parathyroid Malignancy 48
SECTION 2: SALIVARY GLANDS AND PARAPHARYNGEAL TUMORS
Chapter 8. Pathology of Salivary Gland Tumors .....................................................................55
Chaya Prasad, Smitha NV
 WHO Classification 55
 Malignant Tumors 55
 Benign Tumors 65
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 20 25-02-2019 16:49:20
Contents xxi
Chapter 9. Imaging of Salivary Gland Tumors.........................................................................67
Sandya CJ, Akshay Kudpaje, Sivakumar Vidhyadharan, Rajsekar CS
 Normal Anatomy 67
 Neoplasms of Salivary Glands 68
 Malignant Neoplasms of Parotid Gland 70
Chapter 10. Guidelines in the Management of Salivary Gland Malignancies .....................72
Mahamaya Prasad Singh, Krishnakumar Thankappan, Subramania Iyer
 Epidemiology 72
 Clinical Presentation 72
 Imaging 72
 Biopsy 74
 Treatment 74
 Prognosis 76
Chapter 11. Principles of Salivary Gland Tumor Surgery.........................................................77
Mahamaya Prasad Singh, Krishnakumar Thankappan, Subramania Iyer
 Surgical Anatomy 77
 Parotidectomy: Surgical Technique 78
 Submandibular Gland 80
 Surgical Technique 80
Chapter 12. Imaging in Parapharyngeal Tumors ......................................................................81
Sandya CJ, Akshay Kudpaje
 Anatomy 81
 Imaging Assessment 81
 Pathology 82
Chapter 13. Parapharyngeal Space Tumors ...............................................................................89
Mahamaya Prasad Singh, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Anatomy 89
 Boundaries 89
 Tumors of the Parapharyngeal Space 89
 Clinical Presentation 90
 Treatment 91
 Approaches to the Parapharyngeal Space 91
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 21 25-02-2019 16:49:20
xxii Basic Concepts in Head and Neck Surgery and Oncology
Chapter 14. Tumors of Infratemporal Fossa: Approaches and Management......................94
Divya GM
 Surgical Anatomy 94
 Classification of Tumors of Infratemporal Fossa 94
 Diagnosis 96
 Patient Selection 97
 Approaches to Infratemporal Fossa 97
Chapter 15. Malignant Tumors of the Temporal Bone .......................................................... 101
Deepak Balasubramanian
 Etiology 101
 Spectrum of Malignancies in the Temporal Bone 101
 Pathways of Tumor Spread in the Temporal Bone 101
 Clinical Presentation 102
 Clinical Evaluation 102
 Staging 102
 Treatment 103
 Prognosis 103
Chapter 16. Facial Nerve ............................................................................................................. 105
Salima Rema Windsor
 Anatomy 105
 Surgical Landmarks for Facial Nerve 107
 Pathophysiology 108
 Etiology of Facial Nerve Paralysis 109
 Management of Facial Nerve Paralysis 110
 Treatment of Facial Paralysis 111
 Facial Reanimation 111
SECTION 3: NECK
Chapter 17. Neck Nodal Levels and Classification of Neck Dissection............................... 117
Shashikant Vishnubhai Limbachiya, Deepak Balasubramanian
 Anatomy of the Fascial Spaces of the Neck 117
 Neck Lymphatics 117
 Classification of Neck Nodal Levels 117
 Terminology of Neck Dissection 121
 Staging of the Neck 122
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 22 25-02-2019 16:49:20
Contents xxiii
Chapter 18. Management of the Node Negative Neck ......................................................... 124
Shashikant Vishnubhai Limbachiya, Deepak Balasubramanian
 Treatment Options 124
Chapter 19. Management of the Node Positive Neck ........................................................... 127
Shashikant Vishnubhai Limbachiya, Deepak Balasubramanian
 Treatment for N+ Neck 127
 Radical Neck Dissection 127
 Modified Radical Neck Dissection 131
 Complications of Neck Dissection 132
Chapter 20. Nodal Metastasis from an Unknown Primary Origin....................................... 134
Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Theories of Occurrence 134
 Evaluation 134
 AJCC 8th Edition: Changes in Relation to
Cervical Metastasis with Unknown Primary 135
 Treatment 137
SECTION 4: PARANASAL SINUSES
Chapter 21. Pathology of Tumors of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses............................... 143
Chaya Prasad
 WHO Histological Classification 143
Chapter 22. Imaging of the Paranasal Sinus Tumors............................................................. 151
Sandya CJ, Akshay Kudpaje, Sivakumar Vidhyadharan, Chinmay Kulkarni
 Sinonasal Neoplasms 151
 Imaging Modalities 151
 Lymphatic Spread 151
 Perineural Spread 152
 Orbital Involvement 153
 Brain and Dural Involvement 153
 Soft Tissue Involvement 154
Chapter 23. Guidelines in the Management of Malignancies
in Maxillo-ethmoid Complex ............................................................................... 156
Adharsh Anand, Deepak Balasubramanian
 Patterns of Spread 156
 Presenting Signs and Symptoms 157
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 23 25-02-2019 16:49:20
xxiv Basic Concepts in Head and Neck Surgery and Oncology
 Ohngren’s Classification 157
 TNM Staging, AJCC 8th Edition 157
 Evaluation 157
 Treatment Guidelines 158
 Management of Neck 161
 Management of the Orbit 161
 Reconstruction and Rehabilitation 161
 Outcome 162
Chapter 24. Principles of Surgery in the Management of Tumors
of Maxillo-ethmoid Complex ............................................................................... 163
Adharsh Anand, Deepak Balasubramanian
 Surgical Anatomy 163
 Surgical Treatment 163
SECTION 5: ORAL CAVITY AND OROPHARYNX
Chapter 25. Imaging in Oral and Oropharyngeal Tumors .................................................... 171
Sandya CJ, Akshay Kudpaje, Shreya Bhattacharya
 Oral Cavity 171
 Retromolar Trigone 172
 Lymphatic Evaluation 179
 Metastases 179
Chapter 26. Guidelines in the Management of Oral Cavity Cancers .................................. 181
Sivakumar Vidhyadharan, Anoop R, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Epidemiology 181
 Clinical Presentation 181
 Treatment: General Principles 185
Chapter 27. Guidelines in the Management of Oropharyngeal Cancers........................... 190
Prameela CG
 Epidemiology 190
 Etiology 190
 Anatomy 191
 Subsites of Oropharynx 191
 Pathology 191
 Clinical Features 191
 Distant Metastasis 192
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 24 25-02-2019 16:49:21
Contents xxv
 Evaluation 192
 Management 193
 Subsite-wise Treatment Approaches 196
 Transoral Surgical Approaches 200
 Adjuvant Treatment 200
 Definitive Radiotherapy 201
 Altered Fractionation Schedules 202
 Treatment Sequelae 204
Chapter 28. Principles of Surgery in Oral Cavity Cancers ..................................................... 205
Sivakumar Vidhyadharan, Subramania Iyer, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Surgical Anatomy 205
 Retromolar Trigone 207
 Surgical Management and Techniques 207
 Management of the Mandible 212
 Assessment of Bony Invasion 213
 Mandibulectomy 214
SECTION 6: LARYNX, HYPOPHARYNX AND NASOPHARYNX
Chapter 29. Imaging in Laryngeal and Hypopharyngeal Tumors....................................... 221
Sandya CJ, Akshay Kudpaje
 Anatomy of Larynx 221
 Imaging Techniques 222
 Supraglottic Cancers 223
 TNM Staging 226
Chapter 30. Guidelines in the Management of Laryngeal Cancers .................................... 231
Akshay Kudpaje, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Anatomy 231
 Clinical Features 232
 Treatment 233
Chapter 31. Guidelines in the Management of Hypopharyngeal Cancers........................ 239
Akshay Kudpaje, Krishnakumar Thankappan
 Anatomy 239
 Clinical Features 240
 Treatment 242
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 25 25-02-2019 16:49:21
xxvi Basic Concepts in Head and Neck Surgery and Oncology
Chapter 32. Principles of Surgery in Larynx and Hypopharynx Cancers........................... 247
Akshay Kudpaje, Krishnakumar Thankappan, Subramania Iyer
 Transoral Laser Microsurgery 247
 Vertical Partial Laryngectomy 249
 Supraglottic Laryngectomy 250
 Supracricoid Partial Laryngectomy with
Cricohyoidoepiglottopexy (SCPL-CHEP) 250
 Supracricoid Partial Laryngectomy with
Cricohyoidopexy (SCPL-CHP) 251
 Near Total Laryngectomy 252
 Total Laryngectomy 253
 Alaryngeal Speech 253
Chapter 33. Tracheostomy and Airway Management........................................................... 255
Salima Rema Windsor
 Tracheostomy 255
 Pediatric Tracheostomy 258
 Types of Tracheostomy Tubes 260
 Percutaneous Dilatational Tracheostomy 260
Chapter 34. Guidelines in the Management of
Carcinoma of the Nasopharynx........................................................................... 263
Pushpaja KU
 Anatomy 263
 Lymphatic Drainage 263
 Epidemiology 263
 Etiology 264
 Pathology 264
 Routes of Spread 264
 Clinical Presentation 265
 Diagnosis 266
 General Treatment Principles 268
SECTION 7: GENERAL TOPICS
Chapter 35. Melanoma and Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers.................................................... 273
Divya GM
 Melanoma 273
 Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers 279
 Basal Cell Carcinoma 281
 Squamous Cell Carcinoma 283
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 26 25-02-2019 16:49:21
Contents xxvii
Chapter 36. Role of Chemotherapy in Head and Neck Cancer............................................ 285
K Pavithran
 Induction Chemotherapy 285
 Induction Chemotherapy Followed by CRT versus CRT Alone 286
 Locally Advanced SCCHN 286
 Postoperative Concurrent Chemoradiotherapy 287
 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma 288
 Recurrent or Metastatic Disease 288
 Metronomic Chemotherapy 288
 Immunotherapy 288
Chapter 37. Principles of Radiotherapy in Head and Neck Malignancies ......................... 290
Anoop R
 General Principles and Radiobiology 290
 Four R’s of Radiobiology 290
 Fractionation 291
 Methods of Radiation Delivery 291
 Clinical Applications 292
 Radiation Treatment Planning 292
 External Beam Radiation Therapy 294
 Three-dimensional Conformal Radiation Therapy (3D-CRT) 295
 Intensity-modulated Radiation Therapy 295
 Brachytherapy 297
 Side Effects of Radiation Treatment 298
Chapter 38. Molecular Biology of Head and Neck Cancer.................................................... 300
Mayuri Mohan Rajapurkar
 Tobacco-related Cancers 301
 Human Papillomavirus-related Cancers 301
 Genetic Susceptibility 301
 Carcinogenesis 302
 Field Cancerization 302
 Epithelial-to-Mesenchymal Transition 303
 Epigenetic Modification 303
 Molecular Pathways involved in HNSCC 303
 Genetic Expression Profiling and Prognostic Markers 304
 Role of Immunotherapy 305
Chapter 39. Recent Advances in Management of Head and Neck Cancer........................ 307
Deepak Balasubramanian
 Human Papillomavirus and Head and Neck Cancer 307
 Transoral Robotic Surgery 307
Prelims_Thankappan.indd 27 25-02-2019 16:49:21
xxviii Basic Concepts in Head and Neck Surgery and Oncology
 Sentinel Node Biopsy 308
 Molecular Diagnostics in Thyroid Cancer 308
 Newer Systemic Agents (Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
and Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitor) 309
 Advances in Radiation Delivery Techniques 309
Chapter 40. Head and Neck Reconstruction ........................................................................... 310
Mohit Sharma, Abhijeet N Wakure, Sivakumar Vidhyadharan, Subramania Iyer
 Principles of Reconstruction 310
 Goals of Reconstruction 310
 Reconstructive Strategies 310
 Postreconstruction Rehabilitation 323
Index .......................................................................................
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29692">Place Hold on <em>Basic concepts in Head &amp; Neck Surgery and oncology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29692</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Basics in occupational therapy and therapeutic activities






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29818</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Neelima Punithan. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2008
                        . 118
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29818">Place Hold on <em>Basics in occupational therapy and therapeutic activities</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29818</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Basics of biostatistics: A manual for medical practitioners






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29820</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Bali, Jatinder and Kant, Anil. 
	   Jaypee Brothers 2017
                        . 540
                        , Section 1: Bioethics, Evidence-based Medicine
1. Bioethics in Clinical Research 13
Major Divisions of Ethics 13; Bioethics 14; Main Branches of Bioethics 14
Etymology, History and the Famous Nonethical Experiments 14
Dachau and Auschwitz Concentration Camp Hypothermia Experiments 15
Animal Ethics 34; Environmental Ethics 35; Anthropocentrism 36
2. Evidence-based Medicine and Levels of Evidence 38
Evidence-based Medicine 38; Fundamental Principles 38
Components of Evidence-based Practices 39
3. Introduction to Statistics 49
Etymology 49; History 49; Notable Contributors 50
India in Modern Context 51; Applications 51; Summing Up 52; Biostatistics 52
Section 2: Research Methodology and ‘Back to School’
4. Research Methodology 57
Objectives of Research 57; Types of Research 58
Approaches to Research 59; Research Methods 60; Research Methodology 60
5. Inside Research Methodology: The Nuts and Bolts 63
What Constitutes a Research? 63; Research Plan 72
6. Back to School 74
Greek Alphabets 74; Common Mathematical Operators/Symbols 75
Modulus 76; Basics of Set Theory and Venn Diagrams 76; Indices 79
Progressions: Arithmetic and Geometric Progressions 79
Logarithms and Antilogarithms 80; The Exponential Function ‘e’ 81
Ratio 81; Proportion 82; Factorial; 82; Permutations and Combinations 83
Section 3: Describing the Data
7. Frequency Distribution 87
Classification of Data 87; Variables: Discrete and Continuous 89
Frequency Distributions: Discrete and Continuous 89
Relative Frequency Distribution 93
Bivariate or Two Way Frequency Distribution 93; Marginal Distribution 94
8. Measures of Central Tendency 95
Central Value Concept 95; Measures of Central Tendency 95
Types of Measures of Central Tendency 96; Median (Md) 100
Quartiles, Deciles and Percentiles 103; Mode (M0) 105
Harmonic Mean 109; Which Measure to Use? 111
9. Measures of Dispersion (or Variation) 114
Understanding Dispersion 114; Types of Measures of Dispersion 115
Quartile Deviation 116; Percentile Deviation 116; Mean Deviation 116
Standard Deviation 117; Lorenz Curve 119
Coefficient of Dispersion and Its Measures (Also referred as a Relative Measure of
Variation) 120; Which Measure of Dispersion to Use? 121
Contents
xiv Basics of Biostatistics: A Manual for the Medical Practitioners
10. Skewness, Moments and Kurtosis 122
Skewness 122; Kurtosis 125; Moments 126; Significance 127
Section 4: Probability, Probability Distribution and Sampling
11. Theory of Probability 131
Terminology in Probability Theory 132; Approaches to Probability 133
Conditional Probability 137; Bayes Theorem 139
12. Theoretical Discrete Probability Distributions 142
Underlying Concepts and Terminology 142
Types of Theoretical Discrete Distributions 147
13. Theoretical Continuous Probability Distributions 163
Normal Distribution 163; Rectangular Distribution 174
Lognormal Distribution 176; Exponential Distribution 176
14. Sampling Theory 178
What is a Sample and why it is Required? 179; Types of Sampling Methods 180
Advantages and Disadvantages of Sampling 182
What should be the Sample Size? 183; Sampling Errors 185
Standard Error 186; Underlying Basis of Sampling Theory 186
Section 5: Correlation, Regression, Partial and Multiple
Correlation and Regression, Theory of Attributes
15. Correlation 191
What is Correlation? 191; Correlation Measures 192
16. Regression Analysis 205
Components of Regression Analysis 205; Types of Regression 206
Linear Regression Analysis and Line of Best Fit 207; Logistic Regression 212
17. Partial and Multiple Correlation and Regression 216
Partial Correlation; 216; Multiple Correlation 217
Partial and Multiple Regression 218; Multicollinearity 221
18. Theory of Attributes 225
Terminology of Attribute Theory 225; Association of Attributes 228
Section 6: Statistical Testing
19. Hypothesis Testing 235
Basic Concepts 236;
Practical Considerations in Framing and Testing Hypothesis 246
20. Tests of Significance (Z and Student’s ‘t’-Test) 248
Large Sample Tests 249; Small Sample Tests (Student’s t-tests) 256
What is P-value? 267
21. F-Test and Analysis of Variance and Covariance 269
Constants and Properties of F-Distribution 269; Applications 270
22. Chi-square Test 286
Degrees of Freedom 286; Salient Points of Chi-square 287
Chi-square Distribution 288; Applications of χ2 Distribution 289
Chi-square Test of Homogeneity of Correlation Co-efficient 298
Remarks on Chi-Square 300
23. Nonparametric Tests 301
Advantages 301; Disadvantages 302
Run Test: Test for Randomness in a Series of Observations 302
The Signed-rank Test for Testing Specified Mean or Median of a Population 303
Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test for Paired data 304
Contents xv
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test for One Sample 307
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test (For Comparing Two Populations) 308
Mann-Whitney ‘U’ Test for Equality of Two Means 310
Wilcoxon-Wilcox Test for Comparison of Multiple Treatment on a Series 311
Kruskal-Wallis Rank Sum Test (H-Test) 313
Friedman Test (Two-way ANOVA) 314
Test of Significance of Spearman’s and Kendall Rank Correlation 317
McNemar’s Test for Paired Samples 317; Cochran Q Test 318
24. Which Statistical Test to Use? 321
Summary of Statistical Tests 322
25. Special Considerations about Inferential Issues in Biostatistics 327
Cause-Effect Relationship: Is it Really True? 328; Bias 329
Confounding 329; Spurious Relationship 331; Effect Modification 331
Bradford Hill Causality Criteria 332; Exposure-Disease Association 333
Odds Ratio 334; Attributable Risk 335
26. Measurement and Error Analysis 337
Measurement 337; Levels of Measurement 338
Evaluating Measurement 340; Reliability v/s Validity 343
Assessment of Validity: Specificity and Sensitivity 344
Errors in Measurement 350
Section 7: Other Statistical Concepts Frequently
Used in Research
27. Vital (Demographic) Statistics and Life Tables 357
Basics of Vital Statistics 357; Life Tables 367
Survival Analysis and Kaplan-Meier Curves 374; Log-Rank Test 378
28. Time Series Analysis 381
Time Series Components 382; Measuring the Components of Time Series 384
29. Interpolation, Extrapolation and Forecasting Methods 398
Terminology 399; Methods of Interpolation 400
Extrapolation and Forecasting 406
Section 8: Statistical Concepts for Medical Administration
30. Index Numbers 411
Key Decisions in Creating Index Number 412; Weighted Index Numbers 417
Quantity and Value Index Numbers 423; Chain Index Numbers 423
Base Shifting and Splicing 426; Index Number Tests 427
31. Statistical Quality Control 429
Control Charts 430; Types of Control Charts 431
Charts based on Actual Measurements 432
‘C-Control Chart’ for Number of Defects Per Unit 435
P-Control Chart (Fraction Defectives or Proportion of Defects) 436
Acceptance Sampling 437
32. Decision Theory 440
Notation/Terminology 441; Decisions Methods 443
Principles of Decision Making 444; Decision Tree Analysis or Tree Diagram 449
Section 9: Report Writing and Applying for Grants
33. Research Report Writing: How to do? 453
Organization of the Research Report 453
Manuscript Preparation for Journals 460
xvi Basics of Biostatistics: A Manual for the Medical Practitioners
34. Applying for Grants 467
Preparing for Application Process 468
Ground Reality: The Background Check 469
Main Application: Contents and Pitfalls 470
Background and Significance or Introduction 471
Preliminary Studies/Progress Report 471; Research Design and Methods 471
Results 472; Monitoring and Evaluation 472
Protection of Human Subjects and Institutional Review Boards 473
Bibliography 474; Contracts 474; Abstracts 474; Title 474
Biographical Sketches 474; Budget 475
Formatting and Instructions to Applicants 475
Cover Letter 476; Decision Process Explained 476; Pay Lines 477
Outcomes 477; Common Problems Encountered 478;
Revision of Application 479; Voila! Manna from Heaven: The Funding 480
Records and Accounting 480
 Appendix 481
Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine 2011 Levels of Evidence 482
Random Number Table 484; Binomial Coefficients 485
Binomial Probabilities 486
e–λ Values for Calculating Poisson Probabilities for (0 &lt; λ &lt; 1) 490
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 491
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 493
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 495
Critical Values of ‘t’ 497; Critical Values of Chi Square (χ2) 498
Critical Values of F (0.05 or 5%) 500; Critical Values of F (0.01 or 1%) 503
Factors for Construction of Control Charts (Statistical Quality Control) 506
Studentized Range: Critical Values 508
Studentized Range: Critical Values 510
Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient (r): Critical Values 512
Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient (ρ): Critical Values 513
Run Test: Acceptance Region for Values of ‘R’ 514
Sign Test: Critical Values of ‘T’ 515
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test: Critical Values of ‘D’ 517
Wilcoxon-Wilcox Two-Sided Test: Critical Values 518
Mann-Whitney Test (U Test): Critical Values of ‘U’ 521
Critical Values of τ: Kendall Rank Correlation Significance Test 522
Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test ‘W’: Lower and Upper Critical Values 523
Common Logarithms (log10x) 524; Antilogarithms 530
  Index 537
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29820">Place Hold on <em>Basics of biostatistics: A manual for medical practitioners</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29820</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Basics of biostatistics: A manual for medical practitioners






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29821</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Bali, Jatinder and Kant, Anil. 
	   Jaypee Brothers 2017
                        . 540
                        ,  Zero Point: Approach Road to Learning 1
Statistics in a Nutshell 8
Section 1: Bioethics, Evidence-based Medicine
1. Bioethics in Clinical Research 13
Major Divisions of Ethics 13; Bioethics 14; Main Branches of Bioethics 14
Etymology, History and the Famous Nonethical Experiments 14
Dachau and Auschwitz Concentration Camp Hypothermia Experiments 15
Animal Ethics 34; Environmental Ethics 35; Anthropocentrism 36
2. Evidence-based Medicine and Levels of Evidence 38
Evidence-based Medicine 38; Fundamental Principles 38
Components of Evidence-based Practices 39
3. Introduction to Statistics 49
Etymology 49; History 49; Notable Contributors 50
India in Modern Context 51; Applications 51; Summing Up 52; Biostatistics 52
Section 2: Research Methodology and ‘Back to School’
4. Research Methodology 57
Objectives of Research 57; Types of Research 58
Approaches to Research 59; Research Methods 60; Research Methodology 60
5. Inside Research Methodology: The Nuts and Bolts 63
What Constitutes a Research? 63; Research Plan 72
6. Back to School 74
Greek Alphabets 74; Common Mathematical Operators/Symbols 75
Modulus 76; Basics of Set Theory and Venn Diagrams 76; Indices 79
Progressions: Arithmetic and Geometric Progressions 79
Logarithms and Antilogarithms 80; The Exponential Function ‘e’ 81
Ratio 81; Proportion 82; Factorial; 82; Permutations and Combinations 83
Section 3: Describing the Data
7. Frequency Distribution 87
Classification of Data 87; Variables: Discrete and Continuous 89
Frequency Distributions: Discrete and Continuous 89
Relative Frequency Distribution 93
Bivariate or Two Way Frequency Distribution 93; Marginal Distribution 94
8. Measures of Central Tendency 95
Central Value Concept 95; Measures of Central Tendency 95
Types of Measures of Central Tendency 96; Median (Md) 100
Quartiles, Deciles and Percentiles 103; Mode (M0) 105
Harmonic Mean 109; Which Measure to Use? 111
9. Measures of Dispersion (or Variation) 114
Understanding Dispersion 114; Types of Measures of Dispersion 115
Quartile Deviation 116; Percentile Deviation 116; Mean Deviation 116
Standard Deviation 117; Lorenz Curve 119
Coefficient of Dispersion and Its Measures (Also referred as a Relative Measure of
Variation) 120; Which Measure of Dispersion to Use? 121
Contents
xiv Basics of Biostatistics: A Manual for the Medical Practitioners
10. Skewness, Moments and Kurtosis 122
Skewness 122; Kurtosis 125; Moments 126; Significance 127
Section 4: Probability, Probability Distribution and Sampling
11. Theory of Probability 131
Terminology in Probability Theory 132; Approaches to Probability 133
Conditional Probability 137; Bayes Theorem 139
12. Theoretical Discrete Probability Distributions 142
Underlying Concepts and Terminology 142
Types of Theoretical Discrete Distributions 147
13. Theoretical Continuous Probability Distributions 163
Normal Distribution 163; Rectangular Distribution 174
Lognormal Distribution 176; Exponential Distribution 176
14. Sampling Theory 178
What is a Sample and why it is Required? 179; Types of Sampling Methods 180
Advantages and Disadvantages of Sampling 182
What should be the Sample Size? 183; Sampling Errors 185
Standard Error 186; Underlying Basis of Sampling Theory 186
Section 5: Correlation, Regression, Partial and Multiple
Correlation and Regression, Theory of Attributes
15. Correlation 191
What is Correlation? 191; Correlation Measures 192
16. Regression Analysis 205
Components of Regression Analysis 205; Types of Regression 206
Linear Regression Analysis and Line of Best Fit 207; Logistic Regression 212
17. Partial and Multiple Correlation and Regression 216
Partial Correlation; 216; Multiple Correlation 217
Partial and Multiple Regression 218; Multicollinearity 221
18. Theory of Attributes 225
Terminology of Attribute Theory 225; Association of Attributes 228
Section 6: Statistical Testing
19. Hypothesis Testing 235
Basic Concepts 236;
Practical Considerations in Framing and Testing Hypothesis 246
20. Tests of Significance (Z and Student’s ‘t’-Test) 248
Large Sample Tests 249; Small Sample Tests (Student’s t-tests) 256
What is P-value? 267
21. F-Test and Analysis of Variance and Covariance 269
Constants and Properties of F-Distribution 269; Applications 270
22. Chi-square Test 286
Degrees of Freedom 286; Salient Points of Chi-square 287
Chi-square Distribution 288; Applications of χ2 Distribution 289
Chi-square Test of Homogeneity of Correlation Co-efficient 298
Remarks on Chi-Square 300
23. Nonparametric Tests 301
Advantages 301; Disadvantages 302
Run Test: Test for Randomness in a Series of Observations 302
The Signed-rank Test for Testing Specified Mean or Median of a Population 303
Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test for Paired data 304
Contents xv
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test for One Sample 307
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test (For Comparing Two Populations) 308
Mann-Whitney ‘U’ Test for Equality of Two Means 310
Wilcoxon-Wilcox Test for Comparison of Multiple Treatment on a Series 311
Kruskal-Wallis Rank Sum Test (H-Test) 313
Friedman Test (Two-way ANOVA) 314
Test of Significance of Spearman’s and Kendall Rank Correlation 317
McNemar’s Test for Paired Samples 317; Cochran Q Test 318
24. Which Statistical Test to Use? 321
Summary of Statistical Tests 322
25. Special Considerations about Inferential Issues in Biostatistics 327
Cause-Effect Relationship: Is it Really True? 328; Bias 329
Confounding 329; Spurious Relationship 331; Effect Modification 331
Bradford Hill Causality Criteria 332; Exposure-Disease Association 333
Odds Ratio 334; Attributable Risk 335
26. Measurement and Error Analysis 337
Measurement 337; Levels of Measurement 338
Evaluating Measurement 340; Reliability v/s Validity 343
Assessment of Validity: Specificity and Sensitivity 344
Errors in Measurement 350
Section 7: Other Statistical Concepts Frequently
Used in Research
27. Vital (Demographic) Statistics and Life Tables 357
Basics of Vital Statistics 357; Life Tables 367
Survival Analysis and Kaplan-Meier Curves 374; Log-Rank Test 378
28. Time Series Analysis 381
Time Series Components 382; Measuring the Components of Time Series 384
29. Interpolation, Extrapolation and Forecasting Methods 398
Terminology 399; Methods of Interpolation 400
Extrapolation and Forecasting 406
Section 8: Statistical Concepts for Medical Administration
30. Index Numbers 411
Key Decisions in Creating Index Number 412; Weighted Index Numbers 417
Quantity and Value Index Numbers 423; Chain Index Numbers 423
Base Shifting and Splicing 426; Index Number Tests 427
31. Statistical Quality Control 429
Control Charts 430; Types of Control Charts 431
Charts based on Actual Measurements 432
‘C-Control Chart’ for Number of Defects Per Unit 435
P-Control Chart (Fraction Defectives or Proportion of Defects) 436
Acceptance Sampling 437
32. Decision Theory 440
Notation/Terminology 441; Decisions Methods 443
Principles of Decision Making 444; Decision Tree Analysis or Tree Diagram 449
Section 9: Report Writing and Applying for Grants
33. Research Report Writing: How to do? 453
Organization of the Research Report 453
Manuscript Preparation for Journals 460
xvi Basics of Biostatistics: A Manual for the Medical Practitioners
34. Applying for Grants 467
Preparing for Application Process 468
Ground Reality: The Background Check 469
Main Application: Contents and Pitfalls 470
Background and Significance or Introduction 471
Preliminary Studies/Progress Report 471; Research Design and Methods 471
Results 472; Monitoring and Evaluation 472
Protection of Human Subjects and Institutional Review Boards 473
Bibliography 474; Contracts 474; Abstracts 474; Title 474
Biographical Sketches 474; Budget 475
Formatting and Instructions to Applicants 475
Cover Letter 476; Decision Process Explained 476; Pay Lines 477
Outcomes 477; Common Problems Encountered 478;
Revision of Application 479; Voila! Manna from Heaven: The Funding 480
Records and Accounting 480
 Appendix 481
Oxford Centre for Evidence-Based Medicine 2011 Levels of Evidence 482
Random Number Table 484; Binomial Coefficients 485
Binomial Probabilities 486
e–λ Values for Calculating Poisson Probabilities for (0 &lt; λ &lt; 1) 490
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 491
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 493
Area Under the Standard Normal Curve 495
Critical Values of ‘t’ 497; Critical Values of Chi Square (χ2) 498
Critical Values of F (0.05 or 5%) 500; Critical Values of F (0.01 or 1%) 503
Factors for Construction of Control Charts (Statistical Quality Control) 506
Studentized Range: Critical Values 508
Studentized Range: Critical Values 510
Pearson’s Correlation Coefficient (r): Critical Values 512
Spearman Rank Correlation Coefficient (ρ): Critical Values 513
Run Test: Acceptance Region for Values of ‘R’ 514
Sign Test: Critical Values of ‘T’ 515
Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test: Critical Values of ‘D’ 517
Wilcoxon-Wilcox Two-Sided Test: Critical Values 518
Mann-Whitney Test (U Test): Critical Values of ‘U’ 521
Critical Values of τ: Kendall Rank Correlation Significance Test 522
Wilcoxon Signed Rank Test ‘W’: Lower and Upper Critical Values 523
Common Logarithms (log10x) 524; Antilogarithms 530
  Index 537
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29821">Place Hold on <em>Basics of biostatistics: A manual for medical practitioners</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29821</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Becker shaffers diagnosis and therapy of the glaucomas






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29852</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Hoskins, H Dunbar; Kass, Michael A. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 1989
                        . 678
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=29852">Place Hold on <em>Becker shaffers diagnosis and therapy of the glaucomas</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=29852</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Biochemistry






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30035</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Naik Pankaja. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers 2016
                        . 674
                        , 	Section I Structure and Function of the Biomolecules Eukaryotic Cell StructureCarbohydratesLipidsAmino Acids, Peptides, and ProteinsEnzymesHemoglobinNucleotides and Nucleic AcidsSection II Energy Metabolism and Metabolism of Biomolecules Biological OxidationCarbohydrate MetabolismLipid MetabolismProtein MetabolismIntegration of Metabolism and Metabolism in StarvationHemoglobin MetabolismPurine and Pyrimidine Nucleotide MetabolismSection III Nutrition Nutrients and their Role in NutritionVitaminsMineralsSection IV Molecular Biology Replication, Repair and RecombinationTranscription and RNA ProcessingGenetic Code, Mutation and TranslationRegulation of Gene ExpressionGenetic EngineeringSection V Clinical Biochemistry Body Water and ElectrolytesAcid-Base BalanceOrgan Function TestsCoronary Heart Disease and Cardiac MarkersPlasma Proteins and ImmunoglobulinsThe Immune SystemRadioisotopes in MedicineCancerAcquired Immunodeficiency SyndromeSection VI Biochemistry of Cellular Communications Mechanism of Hormone ActionNeurotransmittersSection VII Special Topics Metabolism of XenobioticsFree Radicals and AntioxidantsEnvironment and HealthBiomedical Waste ManagementMuscle BiochemistryConnective TissueAnalytical Techniques in BiochemistryGlossary Reference Values for Selected Biochemical Laboratory Tests Index
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30035">Place Hold on <em>Biochemistry</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30035</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30211</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Madan, P L. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2014
                        . 522
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30211">Place Hold on <em>Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30211</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Biostatistics: A manual of stastistical methods for use in health, nutrition and anthropology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30227</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Visweswara Rao, K. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  1996
                        
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30227">Place Hold on <em>Biostatistics: A manual of stastistical methods for use in health, nutrition and anthropology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30227</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Biostatistics: A manual of stastistical methods for use in health, nutrition and anthropology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30228</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Visweswara Rao, K. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi
                        
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30228">Place Hold on <em>Biostatistics: A manual of stastistical methods for use in health, nutrition and anthropology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30228</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Brunnstroms clinical kinesiology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30499</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Smith, Laura K, et al.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 1996
                        . 468
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30499">Place Hold on <em>Brunnstroms clinical kinesiology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30499</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Brunnstroms clinical kinesiology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30500</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Smith, Laura K, et al.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 1996
                        . 468
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30500">Place Hold on <em>Brunnstroms clinical kinesiology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30500</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Cardiac pacing : A physiological approach






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789352501823</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30727</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Das ,Asit. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2016
                        . 328
                        , 
History of Pacemaker Introduction to Physiological PacingManaging AlgorithmSelective Site: Right Ventricular Septal PacingSelective Site: His Bundle PacingSelective Ste: Right Atrial Septal PacingCase DiscussionIntroduction to Cardiac Resynchronization TherapyRole of Pre-Procedure ECG AnalysisAnatomy of Coronary SinusImplantation TechniqueSurface Electrocardiography: CRT Follow UpOptimizing ResponseNewer Advances
                        
                         9789352501823
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30727">Place Hold on <em>Cardiac pacing : A physiological approach</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30727</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Cataract surgery and its complications






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30852</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Jaffe, Norman S. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 1989
                        . 667
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=30852">Place Hold on <em>Cataract surgery and its complications</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=30852</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical anatomy:


     A problem solving approach





</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31297</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2012
                        . 958
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31297">Place Hold on <em>Clinical anatomy:</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31297</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach Vol.1






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789351529668</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31300</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2016
                        . 476
                        , Section 1: General Anatomy
1. Anatomy—Past, Present and Future 3
2. Basic Tissues of the Body 6
3. Cartilage, Bones and Joints 29
4. Vascular Tissue and Lymphatic Tissue 42
5. Skin, Hypodermis and Deep Fascia 49
6. Descriptive Anatomical Terms 54
7. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 57
Section 2: General Embryology
8. General Embryology including Basic Genetics and Genetic Causes of Birth Defects 63
9. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 94
Section 3: Upper Limb
10. Bones of Upper Extremity 101
11. Pectoral Region and Breast 119
12. Axilla and Axillary Lymph Nodes 131
13. Brachial Plexus and Axillary Vessels 136
14. Superficial Muscles of Back and Scapular Region 146
15. Pectoral Girdle and Shoulder Joint 155
16. Upper Limb (Cutaneous Nerves, Dermatomes, Superficial Veins, Lymph Vessels and Lymph Nodes) 162
17. Compartments of Arm 168
18. Cubital Fossa and Elbow Joint 176
19. Compartments of Forearm 183
20. Radioulnar Joints and Wrist Joint 198
Volume 1
xviii Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
21. Hand 207
22. Long Nerves of Upper Limb 223
23. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 231
Section 4: Lower Limb
24. Bones of Lower Limb 239
25. Surface Features, Cutaneous Nerves, Venous and Lymphatic Drainage of Lower Limb 258
26. Front of Thigh 268
27. Gluteal Region, Posterior Compartment of Thigh and Sciatic Nerve 281
28. Adductor or Medial Compartment of Thigh and Hip Joint 293
29. Popliteal Fossa and Knee Joint 305
30. Compartments of Leg and Retinacula Around Ankle 321
31. Tibiofibular Joints and the Ankle Joint 335
32. The Foot 340
33. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 355
Section 5: Thorax
34. Bones of Thoracic Cage 363
35. Thoracic Inlet and Thoracic Wall 371
36. Mediastinum, Pleural Cavities and Organs of Respiratory System 381
37. Thoracic Diaphragm and Phrenic Nerves 403
38. Development of Heart and Congenital Anomalies 411
39. Pharyngeal Arch Arteries and Fetal Circulation 418
40. Pericardium and Heart 424
41. Blood Supply of Heart 439
42. Fibrous Skeleton, Conducting Tissue and Nerve Supply of Heart 445
43. Major Blood Vessels of Thorax 449
44. Lymphatic Organs and Autonomic Nerves of Thorax 459
45. Esophagus 466
46. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 471
Contents xix
Section 6: Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum
47. Bones of Abdomen and Pelvis 479
48. Anterior Abdominal Wall and Inguinal Canal 485
49. General Disposition of Peritoneum and Viscera in Abdominopelvic Cavity and Development of Gut 504
50. Stomach, Duodenum, Small Intestine and Large Intestine 519
51. Pancreas, Liver, Biliary Apparatus and Spleen 542
52. Blood Supply of Digestive Tract 560
53. Lumbar Fascia and Posterior Abdominal Wall or Retroperitoneum 567
54. Suprarenal Glands, Kidneys and Ureters 579
55. Extraperitoneal Structures in True Pelvis 596
56. Sigmoid Colon, Rectum and Urinary Bladder 603
57. Reproductive Organs 613
58. Perineum in Male and Female 638
59. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 662
Section 7: Head and Neck
60. Bones of Head and Neck 671
61. Scalp 697
62. Face including Eyelids and Lacrimal Apparatus 701
63. Parotid Gland 717
64. Cervical Fascia and Triangles of Neck 722
65. Submandibular Region and Submandibular Gland 736
66. Pharyngeal or Branchial Arches 744
67. Thyroid Gland and Parathyroid Glands 747
68. Major Blood Vessels, Cervical Plexus, Cervical Sympathetic Chain, Cervical Lymph Nodes and
Deep Muscles of Neck 754
69. Infratemporal Fossa, Pterygopalatine Fossa, Maxillary Artery and Temporomandibular Joint 769
70. Orbit and Eyeball 783
71. Oral Cavity, Tongue and Palate 801
72. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Air Sinuses 811
73. Pharynx 819
74. Larynx 829
75. Ear (External and Middle), Eustachian Tube, Mastoid Antrum and Internal Ear 837
76. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 850
V
                        
                         9789351529668
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31300">Place Hold on <em>Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach Vol.1</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31300</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach, Vol.1






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31306</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2016
                        . 476
                        , Section 1: General Anatomy
1. Anatomy—Past, Present and Future 3
2. Basic Tissues of the Body 6
3. Cartilage, Bones and Joints 29
4. Vascular Tissue and Lymphatic Tissue 42
5. Skin, Hypodermis and Deep Fascia 49
6. Descriptive Anatomical Terms 54
7. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 57
Section 2: General Embryology
8. General Embryology including Basic Genetics and Genetic Causes of Birth Defects 63
9. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 94
Section 3: Upper Limb
10. Bones of Upper Extremity 101
11. Pectoral Region and Breast 119
12. Axilla and Axillary Lymph Nodes 131
13. Brachial Plexus and Axillary Vessels 136
14. Superficial Muscles of Back and Scapular Region 146
15. Pectoral Girdle and Shoulder Joint 155
16. Upper Limb (Cutaneous Nerves, Dermatomes, Superficial Veins, Lymph Vessels and Lymph Nodes) 162
17. Compartments of Arm 168
18. Cubital Fossa and Elbow Joint 176
19. Compartments of Forearm 183
20. Radioulnar Joints and Wrist Joint 198
Volume 1
xviii Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
21. Hand 207
22. Long Nerves of Upper Limb 223
23. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 231
Section 4: Lower Limb
24. Bones of Lower Limb 239
25. Surface Features, Cutaneous Nerves, Venous and Lymphatic Drainage of Lower Limb 258
26. Front of Thigh 268
27. Gluteal Region, Posterior Compartment of Thigh and Sciatic Nerve 281
28. Adductor or Medial Compartment of Thigh and Hip Joint 293
29. Popliteal Fossa and Knee Joint 305
30. Compartments of Leg and Retinacula Around Ankle 321
31. Tibiofibular Joints and the Ankle Joint 335
32. The Foot 340
33. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 355
Section 5: Thorax
34. Bones of Thoracic Cage 363
35. Thoracic Inlet and Thoracic Wall 371
36. Mediastinum, Pleural Cavities and Organs of Respiratory System 381
37. Thoracic Diaphragm and Phrenic Nerves 403
38. Development of Heart and Congenital Anomalies 411
39. Pharyngeal Arch Arteries and Fetal Circulation 418
40. Pericardium and Heart 424
41. Blood Supply of Heart 439
42. Fibrous Skeleton, Conducting Tissue and Nerve Supply of Heart 445
43. Major Blood Vessels of Thorax 449
44. Lymphatic Organs and Autonomic Nerves of Thorax 459
45. Esophagus 466
46. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 471
Contents xix
Section 6: Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum
47. Bones of Abdomen and Pelvis 479
48. Anterior Abdominal Wall and Inguinal Canal 485
49. General Disposition of Peritoneum and Viscera in Abdominopelvic Cavity and Development of Gut 504
50. Stomach, Duodenum, Small Intestine and Large Intestine 519
51. Pancreas, Liver, Biliary Apparatus and Spleen 542
52. Blood Supply of Digestive Tract 560
53. Lumbar Fascia and Posterior Abdominal Wall or Retroperitoneum 567
54. Suprarenal Glands, Kidneys and Ureters 579
55. Extraperitoneal Structures in True Pelvis 596
56. Sigmoid Colon, Rectum and Urinary Bladder 603
57. Reproductive Organs 613
58. Perineum in Male and Female 638
59. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 662
Section 7: Head and Neck
60. Bones of Head and Neck 671
61. Scalp 697
62. Face including Eyelids and Lacrimal Apparatus 701
63. Parotid Gland 717
64. Cervical Fascia and Triangles of Neck 722
65. Submandibular Region and Submandibular Gland 736
66. Pharyngeal or Branchial Arches 744
67. Thyroid Gland and Parathyroid Glands 747
68. Major Blood Vessels, Cervical Plexus, Cervical Sympathetic Chain, Cervical Lymph Nodes and
Deep Muscles of Neck 754
69. Infratemporal Fossa, Pterygopalatine Fossa, Maxillary Artery and Temporomandibular Joint 769
70. Orbit and Eyeball 783
71. Oral Cavity, Tongue and Palate 801
72. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Air Sinuses 811
73. Pharynx 819
74. Larynx 829
75. Ear (External and Middle), Eustachian Tube, Mastoid Antrum and Internal Ear 837
76. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 850
Volume 2
xx Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
Section 8: Vertebral Column and Spinal Cord, Cranial Cavity and Brain
77. Deep Muscles of Back, Suboccipital Triangle and Vertebral Artery 857
78. Vertebral Column 865
79. Spinal Cord 875
80. Cranial Meninges, Dural Venous Sinuses, Middle Menigeal Artery and Pituitary Gland 890
81. Development of Central Nervous System 904
82. Base of Brain and Brainstem 909
83. Cerebellum and Fourth Ventricle 925
84. Diencephalon and Third Ventricle 933
85. Cerebrum 942
86. Blood Supply of Brain 950
87. White Matter of Cerebrum 957
88. Reticular Formation, Lateral Ventricle, Basal Ganglia Limbic System and Csf Circulation 963
89. Overview of Autonomic Nervous System 973
90. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 977
Section 9: Cranial Nerves
91. Olfactory Nerve and Pathway 983
92. Optic Nerve and Visual (Optic) Pathway 985
93. Oculomotor Nerve, Trochlear Nerve and Abducent Nerve 990
94. Trigeminal Nerve and Sensory Pathway 996
95. Facial Nerve 1001
96. Vestibulocochlear Nerve, Vestibular Pathway and Auditory Pathway 1006
97. Glossopharyngeal Nerve 1010
98. Vagus Nerve 1013
99. Accessory Nerve 1017
100. Hypoglossal Nerve 1019
101. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 1022
Index 1025
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31306">Place Hold on <em>Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach, Vol.1</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31306</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach, Vol.2






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31312</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2016
                        . 1048
                        , Section 1: General Anatomy
1. Anatomy—Past, Present and Future 3
2. Basic Tissues of the Body 6
3. Cartilage, Bones and Joints 29
4. Vascular Tissue and Lymphatic Tissue 42
5. Skin, Hypodermis and Deep Fascia 49
6. Descriptive Anatomical Terms 54
7. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 57
Section 2: General Embryology
8. General Embryology including Basic Genetics and Genetic Causes of Birth Defects 63
9. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 94
Section 3: Upper Limb
10. Bones of Upper Extremity 101
11. Pectoral Region and Breast 119
12. Axilla and Axillary Lymph Nodes 131
13. Brachial Plexus and Axillary Vessels 136
14. Superficial Muscles of Back and Scapular Region 146
15. Pectoral Girdle and Shoulder Joint 155
16. Upper Limb (Cutaneous Nerves, Dermatomes, Superficial Veins, Lymph Vessels and Lymph Nodes) 162
17. Compartments of Arm 168
18. Cubital Fossa and Elbow Joint 176
19. Compartments of Forearm 183
20. Radioulnar Joints and Wrist Joint 198
Volume 1
xviii Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
21. Hand 207
22. Long Nerves of Upper Limb 223
23. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 231
Section 4: Lower Limb
24. Bones of Lower Limb 239
25. Surface Features, Cutaneous Nerves, Venous and Lymphatic Drainage of Lower Limb 258
26. Front of Thigh 268
27. Gluteal Region, Posterior Compartment of Thigh and Sciatic Nerve 281
28. Adductor or Medial Compartment of Thigh and Hip Joint 293
29. Popliteal Fossa and Knee Joint 305
30. Compartments of Leg and Retinacula Around Ankle 321
31. Tibiofibular Joints and the Ankle Joint 335
32. The Foot 340
33. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 355
Section 5: Thorax
34. Bones of Thoracic Cage 363
35. Thoracic Inlet and Thoracic Wall 371
36. Mediastinum, Pleural Cavities and Organs of Respiratory System 381
37. Thoracic Diaphragm and Phrenic Nerves 403
38. Development of Heart and Congenital Anomalies 411
39. Pharyngeal Arch Arteries and Fetal Circulation 418
40. Pericardium and Heart 424
41. Blood Supply of Heart 439
42. Fibrous Skeleton, Conducting Tissue and Nerve Supply of Heart 445
43. Major Blood Vessels of Thorax 449
44. Lymphatic Organs and Autonomic Nerves of Thorax 459
45. Esophagus 466
46. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 471
Contents xix
Section 6: Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum
47. Bones of Abdomen and Pelvis 479
48. Anterior Abdominal Wall and Inguinal Canal 485
49. General Disposition of Peritoneum and Viscera in Abdominopelvic Cavity and Development of Gut 504
50. Stomach, Duodenum, Small Intestine and Large Intestine 519
51. Pancreas, Liver, Biliary Apparatus and Spleen 542
52. Blood Supply of Digestive Tract 560
53. Lumbar Fascia and Posterior Abdominal Wall or Retroperitoneum 567
54. Suprarenal Glands, Kidneys and Ureters 579
55. Extraperitoneal Structures in True Pelvis 596
56. Sigmoid Colon, Rectum and Urinary Bladder 603
57. Reproductive Organs 613
58. Perineum in Male and Female 638
59. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 662
Section 7: Head and Neck
60. Bones of Head and Neck 671
61. Scalp 697
62. Face including Eyelids and Lacrimal Apparatus 701
63. Parotid Gland 717
64. Cervical Fascia and Triangles of Neck 722
65. Submandibular Region and Submandibular Gland 736
66. Pharyngeal or Branchial Arches 744
67. Thyroid Gland and Parathyroid Glands 747
68. Major Blood Vessels, Cervical Plexus, Cervical Sympathetic Chain, Cervical Lymph Nodes and
Deep Muscles of Neck 754
69. Infratemporal Fossa, Pterygopalatine Fossa, Maxillary Artery and Temporomandibular Joint 769
70. Orbit and Eyeball 783
71. Oral Cavity, Tongue and Palate 801
72. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Air Sinuses 811
73. Pharynx 819
74. Larynx 829
75. Ear (External and Middle), Eustachian Tube, Mastoid Antrum and Internal Ear 837
76. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 850
Volume 2
xx Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
Section 8: Vertebral Column and Spinal Cord, Cranial Cavity and Brain
77. Deep Muscles of Back, Suboccipital Triangle and Vertebral Artery 857
78. Vertebral Column 865
79. Spinal Cord 875
80. Cranial Meninges, Dural Venous Sinuses, Middle Menigeal Artery and Pituitary Gland 890
81. Development of Central Nervous System 904
82. Base of Brain and Brainstem 909
83. Cerebellum and Fourth Ventricle 925
84. Diencephalon and Third Ventricle 933
85. Cerebrum 942
86. Blood Supply of Brain 950
87. White Matter of Cerebrum 957
88. Reticular Formation, Lateral Ventricle, Basal Ganglia Limbic System and Csf Circulation 963
89. Overview of Autonomic Nervous System 973
90. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 977
Section 9: Cranial Nerves
91. Olfactory Nerve and Pathway 983
92. Optic Nerve and Visual (Optic) Pathway 985
93. Oculomotor Nerve, Trochlear Nerve and Abducent Nerve 990
94. Trigeminal Nerve and Sensory Pathway 996
95. Facial Nerve 1001
96. Vestibulocochlear Nerve, Vestibular Pathway and Auditory Pathway 1006
97. Glossopharyngeal Nerve 1010
98. Vagus Nerve 1013
99. Accessory Nerve 1017
100. Hypoglossal Nerve 1019
101. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 1022
Index 1025
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31312">Place Hold on <em>Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach, Vol.2</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31312</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach. Vol.2






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31314</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2016
                        . 1048
                        , Section 6: Abdomen, Pelvis and Perineum
47. Bones of Abdomen and Pelvis 479
48. Anterior Abdominal Wall and Inguinal Canal 485
49. General Disposition of Peritoneum and Viscera in Abdominopelvic Cavity and Development of Gut 504
50. Stomach, Duodenum, Small Intestine and Large Intestine 519
51. Pancreas, Liver, Biliary Apparatus and Spleen 542
52. Blood Supply of Digestive Tract 560
53. Lumbar Fascia and Posterior Abdominal Wall or Retroperitoneum 567
54. Suprarenal Glands, Kidneys and Ureters 579
55. Extraperitoneal Structures in True Pelvis 596
56. Sigmoid Colon, Rectum and Urinary Bladder 603
57. Reproductive Organs 613
58. Perineum in Male and Female 638
59. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 662
Section 7: Head and Neck
60. Bones of Head and Neck 671
61. Scalp 697
62. Face including Eyelids and Lacrimal Apparatus 701
63. Parotid Gland 717
64. Cervical Fascia and Triangles of Neck 722
65. Submandibular Region and Submandibular Gland 736
66. Pharyngeal or Branchial Arches 744
67. Thyroid Gland and Parathyroid Glands 747
68. Major Blood Vessels, Cervical Plexus, Cervical Sympathetic Chain, Cervical Lymph Nodes and
Deep Muscles of Neck 754
69. Infratemporal Fossa, Pterygopalatine Fossa, Maxillary Artery and Temporomandibular Joint 769
70. Orbit and Eyeball 783
71. Oral Cavity, Tongue and Palate 801
72. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Air Sinuses 811
73. Pharynx 819
74. Larynx 829
75. Ear (External and Middle), Eustachian Tube, Mastoid Antrum and Internal Ear 837
76. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 850
Volume 2
xx Clinical Anatomy (A Problem Solving Approach)
Section 8: Vertebral Column and Spinal Cord, Cranial Cavity and Brain
77. Deep Muscles of Back, Suboccipital Triangle and Vertebral Artery 857
78. Vertebral Column 865
79. Spinal Cord 875
80. Cranial Meninges, Dural Venous Sinuses, Middle Menigeal Artery and Pituitary Gland 890
81. Development of Central Nervous System 904
82. Base of Brain and Brainstem 909
83. Cerebellum and Fourth Ventricle 925
84. Diencephalon and Third Ventricle 933
85. Cerebrum 942
86. Blood Supply of Brain 950
87. White Matter of Cerebrum 957
88. Reticular Formation, Lateral Ventricle, Basal Ganglia Limbic System and Csf Circulation 963
89. Overview of Autonomic Nervous System 973
90. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 977
Section 9: Cranial Nerves
91. Olfactory Nerve and Pathway 983
92. Optic Nerve and Visual (Optic) Pathway 985
93. Oculomotor Nerve, Trochlear Nerve and Abducent Nerve 990
94. Trigeminal Nerve and Sensory Pathway 996
95. Facial Nerve 1001
96. Vestibulocochlear Nerve, Vestibular Pathway and Auditory Pathway 1006
97. Glossopharyngeal Nerve 1010
98. Vagus Nerve 1013
99. Accessory Nerve 1017
100. Hypoglossal Nerve 1019
101. Clinicoanatomical Problems and Solutions 1022
Index 1025
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31314">Place Hold on <em>Clinical anatomy: A problem solving approach. Vol.2</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31314</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical Anatomy:


     A problem solving approach, Vol.1





</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31315</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2016
                        . 476
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31315">Place Hold on <em>Clinical Anatomy:</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31315</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical Anatomy:


     A problem solving approach, Vol.2





</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31317</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Kulkarni, Neeta V. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2016
                        . 477-1048
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31317">Place Hold on <em>Clinical Anatomy:</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31317</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical methods in pediatrics






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31588</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Arvind, R. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi
                        . 342
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31588">Place Hold on <em>Clinical methods in pediatrics</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31588</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical orthopaedic diagnosis






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31700</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Pandey, Sureshwar; Pandey, Anil Kumar. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2000
                        . 501
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31700">Place Hold on <em>Clinical orthopaedic diagnosis</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31700</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical orthopaedic diagnosis






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9788184484182</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31701</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Pandey, Sureshwar; Pandey, Anil Kumar. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2009
                        . 729
                        , 1.Introduction
2.Examination of long bones
3.Joints
4.Shoulder joint
5.Elbow joint
6.Wrist joint
7.Hand
8.Spine
9.Pelvis
10.Low backache
11.Examination of paralytic patients
12.Hip
13.Knee
14.Ankle joints
15.Foot
16.Peripheral nerve injuries
17.Bone tumors
18.Mandible and temporomandibular joint
19.Cross examination of head injury
20.Cross assessment of chest injuries
21.Cross examination of abdomen
22.How to read x-ray plate
23.Advanced diagnostic imaging
24.Syndromes related to orthopedics and traumatology
25.Leg ulcers
                        
                         9788184484182
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31701">Place Hold on <em>Clinical orthopaedic diagnosis</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31701</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical surgery pearls






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789350903964</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31862</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Dayananda Babu, R. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2013
                        . 616
                        , Section 1: DefinitionsDefinitions Section 2: Long casesToxic GoiterSolitary Thyroid Nodule (STN-Nontoxic)Papillary Carcinoma Thyroid with Lymph Node MetastasesMultinodular GoiterEarly Breast CancerAdvanced Breast CancerEpigastric LumpRight Hypochondrial Lump without JaundiceRight Iliac Fossa Mass (Suspected Ileocecal Tuberculosis)Suspected Carcinoma of the CecumAppendicular MassObstructive JaundiceVaricose VeinsPeripheral Occlusive Vascular DiseaseLymphomaRenal SwellingPseudocyst of PancreasRetroperitoneal TumorTesticular MalignancyPortal HypertensionMesenteric Cyst Section 3: Short casesNon-thyroid Neck SwellingTuberculous Cervical Lymph NodeCervical Metastatic Lymph Node and Neck DissectionsCarcinoma Tongue with Submandibular Lymph NodeCarcinoma of Gingivobuccal Complex (Indian Oral Cancer)Parotid SwellingSubmandibular SialadenitisRanula, Plunging Ranula, Sublingual Dermoid and Mucous CystThyroglossal Cyst, Lingual Thyroid, Ectopic Thyroid, Subhyoid Bursa and Carcinoma Arising in Thyroglossal CystBranchial Cyst, Branchial Fistula, Cystic Hygroma Soft Tissue SarcomaNeurofibroma, von Recklinghausen's DiseaseLipoma (Universal Tumor) Sebaceous Cyst/Epidermoid Cyst/Wen/Dermoid CystUlcerMalignant MelanomaBasal Cell Carcinoma/Rodent UlcerSquamous Cell Carcinoma-SCC (Epithelioma)Carcinoma PenisCongenital Arteriovenous Fistula/Hemangioma/Compressible SwellingUnilateral Lower Limb EdemaHydrocele of Tunica Vaginalis Sac (Epididymal Cyst, Spermatocele, Varicocele, Hematocele, Chylocele, etc.)Inguinal Hernia/Femoral HerniaIncisional Hernia (Ventral hernia, postoperative hernia)Epigastric Hernia (Fatty Hernia of the Linea Alba)Paraumbilical Hernia, Umbilical Hernia in Adults and ChildrenDesmoid Tumor, Interparietal Hernia (Interstitial) and Spigelian HerniaGynecomastia/Male Breast CarcinomaFibroadenoma/Cystosarcoma/Breast Cyst/Fibroadenosis/Fibrocystic Disease/ Mastalgia/Mastopathy/Chronic Mastitis
                        
                         9789350903964
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31862">Place Hold on <em>Clinical surgery pearls</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31862</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Clinical surgery pearls






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31866</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Babu,R Dayananda. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2018
                        . 590
                        , SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS
 Definitions....................................................................................................................................................1
SECTION 2: LONG CASES
1. Toxic Goiter ............................................................................................................................................... 16
2. Solitary Thyroid Nodule (Nontoxic).................................................................................................. 38
3. Papillary Carcinoma Thyroid with Lymph Node Metastases................................................... 45
4. Multinodular Goiter ............................................................................................................................... 60
5. Early Breast Cancer................................................................................................................................. 67
6. Advanced Breast Cancer....................................................................................................................... 87
7. Epigastric Lump....................................................................................................................................... 98
8. Right Hypochondrial Lump without Jaundice...........................................................................113
9. Right Iliac Fossa Mass (Suspected Ileocecal Tuberculosis).....................................................121
10. Suspected Carcinoma of the Cecum..............................................................................................127
11. Appendicular Mass...............................................................................................................................139
12. Obstructive Jaundice...........................................................................................................................144
13. Varicose Veins.........................................................................................................................................158
14. Peripheral Occlusive Vascular Disease...........................................................................................176
15. Lymphoma ..............................................................................................................................................194
16. Renal Swelling........................................................................................................................................209
17. Pseudocyst of Pancreas......................................................................................................................220
18. Retroperitoneal Tumor........................................................................................................................226
19. Testicular Malignancy..........................................................................................................................233
20. Portal Hypertension.............................................................................................................................245
21. Mesenteric Cyst .....................................................................................................................................260
SECTION 3: SHORT CASES
22. Nonthyroid Neck Swelling.................................................................................................................265
23. Tuberculous Cervical Lymph Node.................................................................................................268
24. Cervical Metastatic Lymph Node (Carcinoma of Unknown Primary)
and Neck Dissections ..........................................................................................................................277
25. Carcinoma Tongue with Submandibular Lymph Node ..........................................................289
26. Carcinoma of Gingivobuccal Complex (Indian Oral Cancer).................................................299
27. Parotid Swelling.....................................................................................................................................304
28. Submandibular Sialadenitis..............................................................................................................316
29. Ranula, Plunging Ranula, Sublingual Dermoid and Mucous Cyst.......................................320
xvi Clinical Surgery Pearls
30. Thyroglossal Cyst, Lingual Thyroid, Ectopic Thyroid, Subhyoid
Bursa and Carcinoma Arising in Thyroglossal Cyst...................................................................323
31. Branchial Cyst, Branchial Fistula, Cystic Hygroma and Carotid Body Tumor...................329
32. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Extremities.........................................................................................336
33. Neurofibroma, Von Recklinghausen’s Disease ...........................................................................344
34. Lipoma (Universal Tumor)..................................................................................................................350
35. Sebaceous Cyst/Epidermoid Cyst/Wen/Dermoid Cyst............................................................353
36. Ulcer...........................................................................................................................................................358
37. Malignant Melanoma ..........................................................................................................................367
38. Basal Cell Carcinoma/Rodent Ulcer................................................................................................380
39. Squamous Cell Carcinoma (Epithelioma).....................................................................................385
40. Carcinoma Penis....................................................................................................................................392
41. Congenital Arteriovenous Fistula/Hemangioma/Compressible Swelling.......................400
42. Unilateral Lower Limb Edema ..........................................................................................................409
43. Hydrocele of Tunica Vaginalis Sac (Epididymal Cyst, Spermatocele, Varicocele,
Hematocele, Chylocele, etc.).............................................................................................................418
44. Inguinal Hernia/Femoral Hernia......................................................................................................426
45. Incisional Hernia (Ventral Hernia, Postoperative Hernia).......................................................444
46. Epigastric Hernia (Fatty Hernia of the Linea Alba)....................................................................450
47. Paraumbilical Hernia, Umbilical Hernia in Adults and Children...........................................452
48. Desmoid Tumor, Interparietal Hernia (Interstitial), Spigelian Hernia .................................457
49. Gynecomastia/Male Breast Carcinoma.........................................................................................460
50. Fibroadenoma/Cystosarcoma/Breast Cyst/Fibroadenosis/Fibrocystic
Disease/Mastalgia/Mastopathy/Chronic Mastitis/Nipple Discharge .................................467
SECTION 4: RADIOLOGY AND IMAGING
 Radiology Questions and Answers ..................................................................................................476
SECTION 5: IMPORTANT TABLES AND CHARTS
 General .....................................................................................................................................................537
 Trauma......................................................................................................................................................543
 Burns..........................................................................................................................................................548
 Neck ...........................................................................................................................................................551
 Breast.........................................................................................................................................................552
 Abdomen.................................................................................................................................................555
 Vascular.....................................................................................................................................................563
 Limbs.........................................................................................................................................................566
 Anorectal..................................................................................................................................................570
 Index 
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=31866">Place Hold on <em>Clinical surgery pearls</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=31866</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Community and social pediatrics






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32075</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Banerjee, S R, Ed.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi
                        
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32075">Place Hold on <em>Community and social pediatrics</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32075</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Community medicine






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32079</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Sarker, Gautham and Das, Palash. 
	   New Delhi Jaypee Brothers,  2017
                        . 547
                        , 1. Concept of Health and Disease ........................................................................................................................1
Long Essay Questions
• Definition of health as per WHO with its limitation 1
• Different determinants of health 1
• Indicators of health 2
• Characteristics of an ideal indicator 2
• List the various indicators of health which directly assess ill health in a community 3
• Other uses of indicators of health 3
• Meaning of disease control, elimination, extinction and eradication with examples 4
• Different disability rates, Sullivan’s index with examples, concept of disability limitations 4
• Primordial prevention and different levels of prevention and mode of interventions 4
• Diagram and application of different modes of interventions in the natural history of disease 5
• Knowledge of natural history of diseases helps us to prevent disease in the community 6
• Multifactorial causation of disease with suitable examples 7
• Role of healthy lifestyle in promotion of health with examples of lifestyle factors 7
• Comparison the health situation in two communities 7
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Rehabilitation, social rehabilitation and vocational rehabilitation 8, 9
• Measurement of morbidity/morbidity indicators 9
• Medical care and health care not synonymous 9
• Primary health care basically the responsibility of the state 9
• Primary health care, delivery of primary health care 10
• Elements of primary health care 10
• Principles of primary health care 11
– Equitable distribution 11
– Community participation 11
– Intersectoral coordination 11
– Appropriate technology 11
• Determinants of primary health care 11
• Health promotion 11
• Principle of prevention 12
• Primordial prevention 12
• Disability limitation 13
• Dependency ratio 13
• Spectrum of disease 13
• Disease dynamics 13
• Early diagnosis and treatment are the main intervention of disease control 13
• Iceberg phenomenon of a disease 13
• Well-being and Wellness 14
• Quality of life 14
• Physical quality life index (PQLI) 14
• Human development index (HDI) 14
• Global hunger index (GHI) 15
• Human poverty index (HPI) 15
• Healthy lifestyles 15
• Lifestyle and healthy aging 16
• Age-specific indicator of health 16
• Standardized mortality ratio (SMR) 16
• Crude death rate 17
• Life expectancy 17
• Proportional mortality rate 17
xviii Community Medicine Buster
• Secondary attack rate 17
• Case fatality rate and its significance 18
• Survival rate 18
• Community diagnosis 18
• Community treatment 19
• Web causation of disease 19
• Concept of positive health 19
• International classification of diseases (ICD) 19
• Dimensions of health 20
• Spiritual dimension of health 20
• Family medicine and family physician 20
• Socialized medicine 21
• Public health and phases of public health 21
• Health for all 21
• Contribution of Edward Jenner, Roland Ross and Louis Pasteur 21
2. Healthcare Delivery System ...........................................................................................................................23
Long Essay Questions
• 3-tier system of healthcare delivery in India, its reforms and of private-public partnership in different delivery
of health services 23
• Enumerate the principles of primary healthcare delivered in rural areas 24
• Measure health of people of a village near a primary health center 25
• Difference between primary health center and hospital 26
• Organogram of healthcare delivery in India 27
• Various healthcare systems in India 27
• Comprehensive healthcare 27
• Functions of PHC relating various activities of district health society 28
• Health care delivered by a community development block 28
• Functions of Block Primary Health Center 29
• Record Linkage and tracking of beneficiaries under maternal and child healthcare 29
• Indian Public Health Standard (IPHS) 30
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Function of sub-center 34
• Functions of primary health center (PHC) 35
• Function of community health center (CHC) 35
• Functions of medical officer of a block primary health center 35
• Doctor-patient relationship plays a vital role in care of disease—explain 35
• First referral unit (FRU)/FRU will reduce MMR—explain 35, 36
• Difference between comprehensive healthcare and curative healthcare 36
• Difference between PHC and CHC 36
• ASHA/Eligibility criteria for selection, links healthcare delivery with community 36
• Role of ASHA as depot holder 37
• Average populations catered in relation to health—in a village, Sub-center, PHC, BPHC or CHC 37
• Role of Anganwadi worker, health worker (female), ASHA and their coordination 37
• Preventive services offered by medical colleges and hospitals 38
• Accessibility cannot be equated with acceptability of health services—justify 38
• Three-tier Panchayat Raj Structure 38
• Uses of hospital records 39
• Medical audit 39
• Job description (functions) of multipurpose health worker (female) 39
• De-professionalization of medicine 40
• Indigenous systems of medicine in India/AYUSH in healthcare in community 40
• Central Govt Health Scheme (CGHS) 40
• Poverty line 41
• Five-year plans 41
• Recommendation of Bhore Committee 42
• Recommendation of Mudaliar Committee 42
• Recommendation of Kartar Singh Committee 43
• Shrivastav Committee 43
Contents xix
3. Epidemiology ..................................................................................................................................................45
Long Essay Questions
• Define epidemiology, classify the types of epidemiological studies/methods 45
• The aims and objectives of epidemiology and its application in public health practice 45
• Define incidence and prevalence of disease, their relation and uses of epidemiology 46
• Enumerate the steps of procedure in a descriptive epidemiological study 47
• Difference between cross-sectional and longitudinal study 48
• Step-by-step description of a descriptive cross-sectional study to assess overweight and obesity 48
• Steps in conducting a case-control study with an appropriate example 49
• Steps of case-control study to find out the association between smoking and lung cancer 50
• Bias in case-control study including the process of elimination of bias 50
• Important differences between case-control and cohort study 51
• Advantages/merits/strength/weakness of case-control and cohort study designs 51
• Types of cohort study and its steps 52
• Different types of analytical studies and basic steps of randomized control trial 53
• Epidemiological triad, triangle of epidemiology, agent, host and environmental factors 54
• Basic measurements on epidemiology 55
• Difference between epidemiology and clinical medicine 56
• A few cases of jaundice have occurred in boys’ hostel and its investigation 56
• Objectives of investigation of an epidemic and its step 56
• Investigation of an epidemic of fever cases 57
• Steps of investigation of food poisoning in a hostel 57
• Investigation of an outbreak of diphtheria in a sub-center area 58
• Investigation of outbreak of typhoid in a student hostel in an urban area 58
• Discuss different modes of transmission of diseases 58
• Source and reservoir of infection, dynamics and modes of disease transmission 59
• Methods of controlling reservoir 60
• Time, place and person distribution of diseases with suitable examples 61
• Different types of epidemics with suitable examples 61
• Spot map 62
• Define the term endemic and epidemic with suitable examples 63
• Difference between epidemic, endemic, pandemic and sporadic 63
• Hospital-acquired infection (nosocomial infection) and its prevention 64
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Man today is viewed as an “Agent” of his own disease—justify 64
• What is the confounding in epidemiological study 64
• Importance of cross-product ratio/odds ratio 65
• Indications for cohort studies 65
• Define relative risk and attributable risk 65
• Population attributable risk 66
• Blinding in epidemiological studies (RCT) 66
• Temporal association between a risk factor and disease 67
• Epidemiologically carriers are more dangerous than cases—justify with examples 67
• Difference between primary case and index case 67
• Vector 67
• The terms “source” and” reservoir” are not always synonymous—explain 68
• Death (international) certificate 68
• Droplet infection and airborne infection 69
• Difference between nosocomial infection and opportunistic infection 69
• Pandemic 69
• Zoonosis 69
• Difference between monitoring and surveillance with examples 70
• Monitoring and surveillance are not synonymous—explain 70
• DALY 70
• Disability-free life expectancy 71
• Epidemic curve 71
• Usefulness of knowing incubation period 71
• What is extrinsic incubation period 72
• Median incubation period 72
xx Community Medicine Buster
• Generation time 72
• What is serial interval 72
• Standardized death rate 72
• Injection safety is important for the recipient, provider and community—justify 73
• Methods (Types) of disinfection 73
• Sterilization and disinfection are not synonymous 73
4. Screening.........................................................................................................................................................74
Long Essay Questions
• Definition of screening for diseases 74
• Type, uses and criteria for screening of diseases 74
• Different measures to evaluate the screening test 74
• Plan for cancer screening in PHC area by MO I/C 75
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Screening and case finding are not synonymous—explain 76
• Difference screening and diagnostic test 77
• Sentinel surveillance of disease is better than periodic mass screening—explain 77
• Significance of “true positive” value in screening test 77
• Significance of “false positive” in screening test 78
• Interpretation of false-negatives of a screening test 78
• Sensitivity and specificity 78
• Sensitivity and specificity of a screening test are inversely related—justify 78
• Lead time in screening of a disease and its significance 79
5. Immunization and Vaccine-related Issues and Oral Questions...................................................................80
Long Essay Questions
• Mission Indradhanus 80
• National Immunization schedule of India 81
• Vitamin A prophylaxis schedule for 9 months to 5 years children 82
• Different types of live vaccines and examples of different types of specific protection 82
• Mother and child protection card (MCPC)—explain 82
• Investigation and steps taken for increasing immunization coverage in a district 85
• Causes of adverse events following immunization (AEFI), important health managerial functions/measures
need to be undertaken to overcome the problem in that block 86
• Line listing and an outbreak of measles in one Tribal block and its management 87
• Epidemiology, treatment, major complications and prevention of measles in children 88
• The specific advantages of Edmonston–Zagreb stain vaccine over other measles vaccine 89
• Planning and organizing immunization services in a sub-center area 89
• Appropriate health education plan for vaccination campaign for measles and rubella 89
• Concept of cold chain and its equipment 91
• Meaning of reverse cold chain 91
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Types of immunity, difference between active and passive immunity 91, 92
• Universal Immunization Programme (UIP) 92
• Herd immunity with examples 92
• Different agents for active immunization 93
• Objective of antenatal immunization of mothers against tetanus 93
• Use of auto-disable syringes in National Immunization Program 93
• Difference between live and killed vaccine 94
• Live vaccines are potent immunizing agents than killed vaccine—explain 94
• Vaccine vial monitor (VVM) 94
• Vaccine preventable diseases and vaccines under UIP 95
• Newer vaccines in National Immunization Schedule 95
• Rotavirus vaccine (RVV) 95
• Pneumoccal congjugate vaccine (PCV) 95
• Japanese encephalitis (JE) vaccine 96
• Inactivated polio vaccine (IPV) 96
• Difference between Salk and Sabin vaccine 97
• Routine Immunization and Integrated Pulse Polio Immunization (IPPI) 97
Contents xxi
• Risk of VAPP and VDPP and future plan of polio immunization 97
• Role of IPV in polio eradication—explain 98
• Switch from trivalent to bivalent OPV as a Polio endgame plan 98
• Final push for polio eradication 98
• Shake test 98
• BCG vaccine (Route, dose, when to give) 99
• Mantoux test 99
• Hepatitis B vaccine and its schedule for children 99
• Explain the rationality of giving Hepatitis B vaccine in infants 100
• Pentavalent vaccine 100
• Measles vaccine 100
• Rationale of administration of measles vaccine at the age of 9 months 101
• Clinical feature of measles along with description of rash 101
• Epidemiologically measles is eradicable—explain 101
• MMR vaccine 101
• Difference between chickenpox and smallpox 102
• Chickenpox and its prevention 102
• What is 17D vaccine 103
• Eradication of tetanus is not practicable 103
• Candidate vaccine 104
• Different phases in clinical trial of vaccines 104
• Ring immunization 104
• Influenza vaccine 104
Viva (Oral) Questions
• Why conditioning of ice packs are very important issue in case of vaccination 105
• Placement of vaccines on the icepacks and off the icepacks 105
• Vaccines: sensitivity to heat and freezing 105
• Open Vial Policy 105
• Why dose of BCG vaccine is 0.05 mL in case of children below 1 month of age? 106
• Phenomena after BCG vaccination 106
• Why BCG vaccine is given only up to 1 year of age? 106
• If no scar appears after administration of BCG, is revaccination required? 106
• Role of OPV-O at birth 106
• Can OPV and vitamin A is given with DPT booster 106
• Can an infant be breastfed immediately after OPV 106
• Role of second dose of measles vaccine is introduced in the National Immunization Program 106
• When measles vaccine is given at 6 months of age? 106
• Measles catch-up campaign 107
• If a child comes later for 1st dose, then what should be next schedule of vaccines? 107
• If a child received one dose of measles vaccine during an SIA campaign, should it receive the routine dose
of measles vaccine? 107
• Why DPT vaccine is given in the anterolateral aspect of mid-thigh and not in the gluteal region? 107
• Why a minimum gap of 4 weeks between the two doses of DPT? 107
• If a child could not receive DPT1, 2, 3 and OPV 1, 2, 3 according to NIS, up to what age can the vaccine be given? 107
• Why DT is replaced by DPT vaccine for children above 2 years of age? 107
• What should be done if a child is found allergic to DPT or develops encephalopathy after DPT? 107
• A child aged 10 months remains unimmunized. Advise immunization of the child till 16 years of age 107
• Which vaccines can be given to a child between 1 and 5 years of age? 107
• Which vaccines can be given to a child between 5 and 7 years of age? 108
• Should one restart with 1st dose of a vaccine if the child brought late for the dose or defaulter or left out? 108
• Why spirit swab not advisable to clean the injection site before vaccination? 108
• If a child above 2 years of age has not received the JE vaccine either routine immunization or SIA should he/she
be given the JE vaccine? 108
• Justification of PCV introduced in National Immunization Schedule 108
• Vaccination schedule for Pneumococcal vaccine for adults 108
6. Communicable Diseases...............................................................................................................................109
Long Essay Questions
• Diseases of Public Health importance NVBDCP and its principles 109
• Strategies under National Vector-borne Diseases Control Programme (NVBDCP) 109
xxii Community Medicine Buster • General guidelines for treatment of uncomplicated malaria as per National Drug Policy 110 • Diagnosis and treatment strategies of malaria as per National Strategic Plan (2017-22) 111 • Different modes of vector-borne disease transmission with examples 112 • National Malaria Control Programme (NMCP)/Discuss the reasons of persistence of malaria 113 • Importance ABER and API on the context of malaria 113 • Epidemiology of malaria and strategies to prevent malaria in your PHC area 113 • Clinical feature, mode of transmission and chemoprophylaxis of malaria 114 • Instruction to health workers in the urban center for surveillance of fever cases 115 • Short-term control measures to control an outbreak of malignant malaria 116 • Long-term control measures to control an outbreak of malignant malaria 116 • Describe National Antimalaria Programme 117 • Life cycle of malarial parasite 117 • Definite host and intermediate host in malaria and why? 118 • Malariometric measures/Malaria indices in National Antimalarial Program 118 • Slide positivity rate 118 • Active and passive surveillance of malaria 119 • Major epidemiological types of malaria 119 • Radical treatment for vivax malaria 120 • Factors responsible for resurgence of malaria 120 • Approaches of malaria control 120 • Difference between mosquito and sandfly 121 • Enumerate mosquito-borne diseases 121 • Man-made malaria 121 • Comment on malaria week and WMD (antimalaria month campaign) 121 • Epidemiology of lymphatic filariasis and its control in India 121 • Mass drug administration in filariasis 122 • Why filariasis never causes explosive epidemic? 122 • Night blood examination in filariasis 122 • Assessment of filarial control program 123 • List the arboviral diseases 123 • Epidemiology, clinical features and control of Japanese encephalitis 124 • Epidemiology and clinical presentations and classification and diagnosis of dengue fever 124 • Dengue shock syndrome 126 • Clinical feature, diagnosis, treatment, control of chikungunya fever 127 • Epidemiology clinical feature, diagnosis, treatment control of kala-azar 127 • Enumerate the causes of resurgence of kala-azar 128 • Integrated vector management (IVM) 129 • Discuss the epidemiology of AIDS 131 • National AIDS Control Programme along with National AIDS Control Organization 132 • Package of services provided under NACP-IV 132 • Name common STDs 133 • Syndomic approach in management of STDs 134 • Role of (pretest and post-test) counseling in controlling HIV/AIDS in VCTC/ICTC 135 • Sentinel surveillance in prevention of HIV/AIDS 135 • Suraksha clinic 135 • What do you mean by HIV/AIDS? 136 • Clinical manifestations/WHO criteria for diagnosis of AIDS 136 • AIDS related complex (ARC) 136 • Modes of transmission of HIV/AIDS 136 • List vertically transmitted diseases 137 • Role of high-risk group and bridge population in HIV transmission 137 • HIV is behavioral disease—explain 137 • Enumerate the various RTI/STI syndromes 137 • Common complication of STDs 138 • Describe risk factors of HIV/AIDS 138 • ICTC should be supported by ART/Link ART Centre—explain 138 • Opportunistic infections in AIDS 138 • Explain window period 139 • Contact tracing in STIs 139 • Screening for diseases in blood bank 139 • Postexposure prophylaxis in relation to HIV/AIDS 139
Contents xxiii
• One pregnant women whose husband was found to be HIV positive, came to OPD on 2nd trimester.
How do you manage the case and what advice you give to the couple? 140
• Universal precaution 140
• HIV-TB collaboration are extremely important for control of HIV and TB in India 140
• Problem, epidemiological factors and prevention of rabies 141
• A 10 years old child reported with dog bite on calf muscle in casualty OPD within 2 hours of bite, suggest
measures to prevent rabies in this child 141
• WHO categories of exposure in rabies 141
• Postexposure prophylaxis of rabies 142
• Prevention of human rabies 143
• Pre-exposure prophylaxis 143
• Measures for minimizing human rabies in an area 143
• Fixed virus 143
• Essen regimen and rabies immunoglobulin for passive immunization in post-exposure period of animal bite 144
• Confirm the diagnosis of plague and plague control measures 144
• Blocked flea/Partial blocked fleas are more dangerous 145
• Describe the epidemiology of leprosy 145
• Discuss classification, diagnosis (history, physical examination, investigation) and treatment (MDT as per WHO)
of leprosy 146
• Outline the control methods with reference to National Leprosy Eradication Programme 147
• The steps for elimination of leprosy 148
• Different modes of intervention under levels of prevention in relation to leprosy 149
• 30-year-old man attends OPD with more than 5 hypopigmented patches, write down the diagnosis
of the clinical condition 150
• Different presentation of leprosy to be encountered in outpatient department of hospitals 150
• Leprosy eradication is very difficult to achieve—justify 150
• Enumerate indicators are used to assess the disability of leprosy cases in field level 150
• Epidemiology of tuberculosis 151
• Various components of DOTS strategy 151
• National Program on Control of Tuberculosis in India in the context of RNTCP and NTEP with new initiatives 151
• Revised National Tuberculosis Control Program in Bihar or any state of India 154
• Cardinal symptoms for diagnosis of pulmonary tuberculosis, organize Revised Tuberculosis Control Program
in a primary health center area 156
• Diagnostic process for initiation of treatment of TB under RNTCP. What is category I and II treatment for TB?
What is MDR and XDR-TB? 156
• Different levels of prevention, mode of interventions as applied to pulmonary tuberculosis 160
• Common side effects of 1st-line anti-tubercular drugs 161
• An initially sputum smear-negative pulmonary TB patient was found smear positive on follow-up sputum
examination at the end of initial intensive phase. Classify and categorize the patient according to RNTCP and
discuss further management of the patient 161
• A case presenting with cough for more than 4 weeks according to RNTCP guidelines? If it is a sputum positive
pulmonary tuberculosis, how will you manage the case? 161
• National Tuberculosis Control Programme gives priority on detection of new smear-positive cases/Sputum
smear examination is the method of choice for case finding in TB—explain 162
• Passive surveillance in tuberculosis 162
• Tuberculosis is an old disease but new threat—Justify 162
• Describe in details DOTS-Plus 162
• Epidemiology of poliomyelitis 163
• Polio eradication in the light of epidemiological factors influencing poliomyelitis 163
• Meaning of acute flaccid paralysis, various strategies for eradication of poliomyelitis 164
• AFP surveillance and environmental surveillance 165
• Levels of prevention and modes of intervention as applied to poliomyelitis 165
• Provocative poliomyelitis 166
• Describe the epidemiology, prevention and control of hepatitis B in India 166
• Hepatitis B infection should be considered more dangerous than HIV infection—justify 168
• Australia antigen 168
• Serological marker of hepatitis B 168
• What is Covid-19 infection, its clinical features, different modes of transmission of Covid-19 infection, diagnosis,
high-risk groups, discuss its management and prevention 169
• Describe epidemiology, clinical features, diagnosis, managememt and prevention and control of Swine Flu (H1N1) 171
• All influenza pandemics were caused by influenza virus A and not by B or C—explain 172
xxiv Community Medicine Buster
• Antigenic shift and antigenic drift 172
• Measures to prevent entry of yellow fever into India 173
• India is yellow fever-receptive area—explain 173
• Aedes aegypti index 173
• Mode of transmission of arthropod-borne diseases 174
• Environmental control—best approach to control of arthropods 174
• Blanket treatment with examples 174
• Cyclops 174
• What is chandler’s index? 175
• Mass drug administration for soil transmitted helminthes 175
• Epidemiology and prevention of Ebola virus disease 175
• SAFE strategy for trachoma 176
• Inappropriate and inadequate use of antibiotics leads to antimicrobial resistance 177
• What is the criteria’s for successful parasitism 177
• Zika virus 177
• Bioterrorism 178
7. Non-Communicable Diseases ......................................................................................................................179
Long Essay Questions
• Major “risk factors” responsible for sharing non-communicable disease among adults 179
• Enumerate non-communicable disease of public health importance 179
• Discuss the epidemiology of hypertension with special reference to Indian context 180
• Define hypertension, modifiable and nonmodifiable risk factors and preventive measures 180
• Define essential hypertension, prevalence in India, prevention measures 182
• As 6th semester student, you are required to conduct a research project on “prevalence of hypertension
among medical students of your institute” within a period of 3 months. 182
• A 35-year-old sedentary obese man with smoking habit, blood pressure of 126/100 mm of Hg. The management
with special emphasis on diet of the person 182
• Rules of halves 183
• Tracking of Blood pressure 183
• DASH diet and its role in prevention of hypertension 183
• Risk factors of coronary heart disease (CHD), levels of prevention of disease 184
• Measure the burden of coronary heart disease (CHD) in the community 186
• Burden and natural history of RHD. What are the criteria for diagnosis of rheumatic fever and rheumatic
heart disease? What are the non-therapeutic measures of prevention of rheumatic heart disease? 186
• Major causes of blindness in India. Outline the strategies adopted for control of blindness 188
• Many school students in your block are found suffering from reduced ability to see the board-work by the
teacher in class room. As BMOH, how will you manage the situation? 188
• Definition of blindness according to WHO. Discuss in brief the three levels of eye care for prevention of blindness
in our country 189
• Delineate the structure of operation for vision 2020: The Right to sight in our country 190
• Preventive blindness 190
• Multifactorial etiology of cancer. Add a note on the basic approach to control of cancer 191
• Cancer registry 191
• Early (danger) signs of cancer, cancer education, epidemiology of oral cancer and methods of its different levels of
its prevention in the community 192
• Methods of screening for cancer 193
• Common causes of cancer among males and females in India. Enumerate the cancers more frequently found
in India. Write briefly epidemiology, prevention and control of cancer cervix in India 194
• Epidemiology and prevention of breast cancer in India 196
• Micronutrient in cancer 197
• Objectives, components and strategies of National Programme for Prevention and Control of Cancer, Diabetes,
Cardiovascular Diseases and Stroke (NPCDCS) 197
• Cancer components under National Programme for Prevention and Control of Cancer, Diabetes, Cardiovascular
Diseases and Stroke (NPCDCS) 197
• Epidemiology of road traffic accident (RTA) in India. Common causes of RTA. Describe measures to reduce
the problem 198
• Domestic accidents, causes and prevention 200, 201
• Epidemiology of diabetes 201
• Classification of diabetes adopted by WHO/American Diabetic Association 201, 202
Contents xxv
• Levels of prevention and modes of intervention in the context of diabetes 203
• Primary preventive measure with family history of diabetes 204
• Multicausation in diabetes/different epidemiological determinants 205
• Measures for prevention and control of type 2 diabetes mellitus 206
• Complications (macrovascular and microvascular) of diabetes mellitus 206
• Self-care in diabetes mellitus 207
• Role of diet in the management of diabetes 207
• Role of diet in various diseases. Add a note on “ Diet and Cancer”. 207
• Snake bite and its epidemiology, risk factors, early clues for patients, first-aids, antivenom 208
• Core strategies of National Programme for Health Care of Elderly (NPHCE) 209
• Health problems of geriatric population 210
• Passive smoking 210
• Warning signs of poor mental health 211
• Drug addiction 211
• Explain de-addiction 211
• Drug dependence 212
• Factors associated with high-risk for drug abuse 212
8. Nutrition and School Health ........................................................................................................................213
Long Essay Questions
• Definition of malnutrition, direct and indirect effect of malnutrition, indicators of malnutrition 213
• Epidemiology of malnutrition in under-five 213
• Causes, classification of PEM, different levels of prevention and its interventions 214
• Objectives of school health program, different aspects/components/essentials of school health services 216
• Objectives of ICDS, services provided, components, beneficiaries of ICDS 218
• Objectives of nutritional assessment 219
• Assessment of nutritional status of under-five children in a community 219
• Considering its effect on present and future lives of children, name most important anthropometric indicator of
undernutrition with justification 221
• Different methods of diet survey, method applied to assess nutritional status in “Family Program” 221
• Enumerate common nutritional problems in the community 222
• Nutritional assessment schedule 222
• Micronutrients supplemented through national nutrition program 223
• Enlist community nutrition program available in India 223
• Social factors are responsible for PEM 223
• Disorder caused by iodine deficiency, strategies to control iodine deficiency disorders in India 224
• “Consume only iodized salt”—explain the meaning and background of the message 224
• Vitamin A deficiency diagnosis, treatment and its prevention (prophylactic schedule) 225
• Extraocular manifestations of vitamin A deficiency 225
• Enumerate the components of IYCF 226
• Complementary feeding 226
• Supplementary feeding for infants aged 6 months to 1 year 227
• Problems of adolescents, national programs concerning improvement of adolescent health. 227
• Define obesity and overweight, assess obesity and prevention and control 228
• Different types of food toxicants and consequent diseases in India and their prevention 230
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Growth chart can play multiple roles—explain 232
• Uses of growth monitoring 234
• Difference between marasmus and kwashiorkor 234
• Functions of CDPO 234
• Functions of Anganwadi worker (AWW) 235
• Village Health and Nutrition Day (VHND) 235
• Supplementary nutrition and therapeutic nutrition are different—explain 235
• Balanced diet and prudent diet 235, 236
• Meaning of a reference protein 236
• Assessment quality of protein 236
• Essential amino acids 237
• Limiting amino acids 237
• Combining rice and pulse in diet is a good practice 237
• Name important sources of dietary fiber 237
xxvi Community Medicine Buster
• Name of essential fatty acids, its dietary sources and enumerate their functions 237
• Indian reference man and Indian reference women 237, 238
• Body mass index (BMI) 238
• Role of IEC in prevention and control of adolescent obesity 238
• Short term high dose of vitamin A oil supplementation is useful for prevention of xerophthalmia—justify 238
• Vitamin A supplementation is necessary after measles infection - give reasons 239
• Food fortification 239
• Food enrichment 240
• Food additives and food adulteration are not synonymous—explain 240
• Education for food handlers regarding handling of food 241
• Fluorine is often called two edged sword—explain 241
• Endemic fluorosis with its prevention 241
• Parboiled rice is nutritionally superior to milled rice—justify 242
• Nutritional profile of cereals 242
• Pasteurization 242
• Milk borne diseases 242
• Recommended dietary goals 243
• Vitamin deficiency can cause psychosis and why? 244
• Food standards 244
• Food safety 244
• Food security 245
• Nutritional surveillance 245
9. Medicine and Social Sciences.......................................................................................................................246
Long Essay Questions
• Understand by of social medicine, effect of social factors in causing disease 246
• Types of family, stages of family cycle; discuss the role of family in health and disease 247
• Function of family 248
• Modified Prasad’s socioeconomic classification 248
• Modified Kuppuswamy’s socioeconomic classification 249
• Cultural factors in health and disease 250
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Family is considered as an epidemiological unit—explain why? 251
• Family as a unit of health 251
• Social diagnosis 252
• Social pathology 252
• Social stress 252
• Customs do not always have deleterious/negative effect on health—discuss the statement 253
• Culture 253
• Meaning of acculturation 254
• Role of emotions in health and disease 254
• Social marketing 254
• Medical social worker (MSW) 254
• Social mobilization 255
• Social defense 255
• Social therapeutics measures 256
• Social control mechanism 256
10. Reproductive and Child Health....................................................................................................................257
Long Essay Questions
• Meaning of RCH its program with respect to component, implementation and goals 257
• RCH services are provided through different levels of health care available in blocks 259
• Target-free approach/community need assessment (CNA) in RCH 260
• RCH package of services for pregnant lady 260
• Component of RCH-II programs with special reference to STD and adolescent health 261
• Different maternal health problems in India 262
• Indications of MCH care, causes and factors related to maternal mortality and its prevention 262
• Organize an immunization session for infant and children and pregnant mother 264
• Definition, objectives and components of antenatal care, prevention of neonatal death 265
Contents xxvii
• Antenatal check-up of a pregnant women of 22 weeks gestation, ensuring safe delivery 265
• Antenatal care and antenatal check-ups during pregnancy, high-risk group of mothers during pregnancy, danger
signals of pregnancy 265
• Specific health protective measures in ANC 269
• Nutritional requirements during pregnancy and lactation 269
• Different categories of manpower available at block level for delivering the primary health care services 269, 270
• Outline the services a newborn is expected to receive from the sub-center and ASHA from birth up to
five years of age 269, 270
• Home-based new born care 269, 270
• Name the five cleans prevention of neonatal tetanus and measure to prevent its further occurrence 271
• Meaning by essential obstetric care, services delivered under RCH-II program 273
• Importance of maternal death review, review at community level 275
• Essential obstetric care for all pregnant women in sub-centre of 6,000 population 275
• Antenatal services at PHC with 30,000 population, co-ordination of ANM, AWW and ASHA 276
• Functions of an under-five clinic in a sub-center area 276
• Definition and classification of Low Birth Weight babies, prevalence of LBW babies in India and target to achieve,
measures to reduce low birth weight babies in a block 277
• Baby friendly hospital initiative (BFHI), 10 steps of successful breastfeeding, advantages of exclusive breastfeeding,
continue feeding during illness 278
• Define maternal mortality ratio and maternal mortality rate and their difference 280
• Components of EmOC, minimum services to be provided by a fully functional FRU 280
• Important medical causes and factors (social) related to maternal mortality, measures to prevent and control
such deaths in rural community 281
• Lot of ladies died due to postpartum hemorrhage in a block, steps to be taken to reduce the condition in a block 282
• Proportion of institutional delivery is very low in a district also coverage of JSY is low, suggest measure for
its improvement 283
• Postnatal check-up of a mother having a child aged 2 weeks, probable postnatal complications of mother and child,
measures to improve the situation at community level 284
• Definition, factors affecting IMR and suggest measures for its prevention 286
• IMR current scenario in India 286
• Importance of Neonatal Mortality, components of essential newborn care with special reference to breastfeeding 289
• Perinatal mortality, causes, methods of prevention and control of perinatal mortality 289
• Perinatal mortality is an important indicator of MCH care 290
• Intensified National Iron Plus Initiative(I-NIPI)/Anemia Mukt Bharat strategy 292
• Causes and detrimental effects of nutritional anemia, measures under I-NIPI 293
• Etiopathogenesis, prevention and control of anemia in pregnant mother 294
• 12 by 12 initiative for Anaemia Control Programme 294
• Action plan to conduct IEC campaign in a block to reduce anemia among pregnant woman 294
• Epidemiology of diarrheal diseases, preventive measures for control of diarrhea in the community specially children 296
• Description of ORT 297
• 2-year-old child presented with history of frequent passage of loose stool for two days, irritability, excess thirst
and skin turgor was going back slowly. Classify the dehydration with proper justification in accordance with
national program guidelines. Outline the management of child 300
• Describe the problem of ARI 300
• A 6-month-old infant with ARI had a respiratory rate 56/minute. There was no chest indrawing and no danger sign.
Classify the ARI with justification and discuss the management accordingly 300
• Treatment ARI of under-5 children 300
• Congenital rubella syndrome, and its prevention 302
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Paradigm shift/does RCH program differ from CSSM program? 303
• “Mother and child are one unit”—justify 303
• Crèches 304
• Objectives of early neonatal care 304
• Newborn care 305
• Common home-made oral rehydration solutions 305
• Low osmolarity ORS has many advantages over previously used ORS—justify 306
• Zinc therapy is beneficial in management of diarrhea—explain/Zinc is given with ORS in treatment of diarrhea—justify 307
• Institutional delivery can reduce maternal mortality to a great extent—explain 307
• Growth and development are not synonymous—explain 308
• Kangaroo mother care (KMC) 308
• Rooming-in 308
xxviii Community Medicine Buster
• Juvenile delinquency 309
• Child placement 309
• Child trafficking 309
• IMNCI 310
• “At risk” infants 310
• RMNCH-A (Chapter 21, Q.2) 311
• Janani Suraksha Yojana (Chapter 21, Q.4) 311
11. Demography and Family Planning ..............................................................................................................312
Long Essay Questions
• Definition of demography, different demographic cycles in details 312
• Couple protection rate (CPR) is persistently low in a block, measures for improvement 313
• Classify contraceptives methods, describe the advantages and disadvantages of them 314
• Conventional contraceptives, name different types with advantages and disadvantages 320
• A women aged 35 years with two children (age of the last child 5 years) likes to adopt a family planning method,
advice for her, reasons behind it 320
• GATHER as method of counseling in family planning 321
• Enumerate fertility indicators, concept of NRR=1 323
• Health benefits of family planning 323
• Factors responsible for high fertility in India, strategies for controlling the situation 324
• Characteristics of age and sex composition of population 324
• Define sex ratio, factors behind the declining of it in India, measures improvement 325
• Gender bias and health 325
• Sociodemographic goals for 2015, steps for evaluation of family planning program 326
• Define population explosion, demographic trends in India, measures for control of population explosion 326
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Population pyramid is important for public health 328
• Demographic gap 328
• Age at marriage and its significance 328
• Scopes of family planning services 328
• Knowledge of contraceptives among adolescent 329
• Unmet need for family planning 329
• Net reproductive rate and its significance 329
• Total fertility rate (TFR) 329
• Traditional Birth Attendants (TBA) 330
• Eligible couple 330
• Target couples 330
• Definition of couple protection rate and contraceptive prevalence rate 330
• Cafeteria approach in family planning 331
• Noncontraceptive benefits of oral contraceptives 331
• Hormonal contraceptives 331
• Injectable contraceptives 331
• Emergency/back-up contraception 332
• Describe no scalpel vasectomy (NSV) 332
• Postoperative advices following vasectomy 333
• Pearl index 333
• Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act (MTP), 1971 333
• PNDT Act 333
• Social marketing of condoms 334
12. Occupational Health .....................................................................................................................................335
Long Essay Questions
• Factors influencing pneumoconiosis its control and prevention 335
• List (classify) the occupational diseases (hazards), measures for prevention and control 336
• Define factory under Indian Factories Act, 1948, provision recommended to protect the health of the workers 338
• Eligibility criteria for enrolling in ESI scheme, mention the benefits under ESI scheme, services available under
medical benefits 339
• Define social security, scheme for industrial workers 340
Contents xxix
• In an accident in a factory, a male worker lost his lower limb below thigh. Enumerate the benefits he is entitled to
under ESI Act. In case of death of the worker, what are the benefits his family is entitled to get? What are the steps
to be taken from the management to prevent future occurrence 340
• Many cases of silicosis were reported from a pottery and ceramic industry. As an Industry Health Officer, write
epidemiology and measures recommend for prevention and control of the problem 341
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Occupational hazards of agricultural workers 342
• Ergonomics 342
• Respirable dust 343
• Diagnosis and control of inorganic lead poisoning 343
• Noise/Hazards of noise pollution (exposure/effect) 343
• Hazards of radiation and radiation hygiene 344
• Tobacco control legislation in India 344
• Health Insurance Scheme 345
• Thermal indices comfort 345
• Problems of industrialization 345
• Sickness absenteeism 346
• Child labor 346
• Occupational cancer (causes and types) and its prevention 346
13. Water, Housing, Environment, Ventilation, Air, Lighting, Noise, Radiation, and Latrine........................348
Long Essay Questions
• Enumerate the water-borne and water-related diseases, measures for ensure safe water (portable water)
to an urban area 348
• Different tests for bacteriological surveillance of drinking water, explain why coliform organisms are chosen
as indicator of fecal pollution of water 351
• Principles of chlorination of water/the mere addition of chlorine to water is not chlorination 352
• Criteria for healthful housing, overcrowding, diseases transmitted and related to overcrowding 352
• Criteria for a sanitary latrine, types of latrine recommend for a rural area, discuss the principle of septic tank 353
• Break point chlorination of water, water harvesting in urban areas 354
• Important inorganic chemicals of health significance present in ground water of West Bengal, the health effects
and control measures 354
• Definition of hardness of water, disadvantages of it, purification water on large scale 355
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Purification of water at household level/small scale 356
• Superchlorination 357
• Types of ventilation 357
• Sanitary barrier 358
• Sanitary landfil 358
• Biological treatment of sewage/biological oxygen demand 359
• Soakage pit 359
• What is comfort zone, mention the ranges of corrected effective temperature 359
• Heat stress indices (HSI) 360
• Causes of air pollution and health hazards (effect on human health), monitoring of air pollution, parameter
and prevention and control 360
• Greenhouse effect 361
• Causes and effects of global warming 362
• High altitude/mountain sickness 362
• Daylight factor 362
14. Health Planning and Management..............................................................................................................363
Long Essay Questions
• As a BMOH, you noted that in certain villages people preferred quacks rather than your services and measure
to be taken 363
• Community diagnosis of the health situation in order to formulate intervention measures 364
• Definition of planning, management, objectives, target and goals, steps of planning cycle 365
• Qualitative and quantitative methods of health management 366
xxx Community Medicine Buster
• Importance of MIS in health planning and management 369
• SWOT analysis 369
• Components of evaluation process 369
• MDG 370
• Health-related millennium development goals 372
• Sustainable development goals (SDGs) 373
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Management consist of four basic principles—explain 374
• Target and goal 375
• Prioritization is important step in health planning—justify 375
• Feedback is very important in health planning 375
• Budgeting 376
• Zero budget approach 376
• Cost-effective analysis and cost-benefit analysis are not synonymous—explain 377
15. Waste Management......................................................................................................................................378
Long Essay Questions
• Different types of biomedical waste generated in hospital, measures suggested for their safe disposal as per
National and State rules, different color container for disposing hospital wastes 378
• Guidelines for handling and disposal of waste generate during treatment, diagnosis and quarantine of
Covid-19 patients 379
• Importance of waste tracking 383
• Different methods of solid waste disposal with special reference to rural area 383
• A recent public demonstration has occurred in a block primary health center about disposal of biomedical
waste containing water body by the side of the hospital. As a BMOH of the hospital, what measure would you
like to adopt for proper waste management of your hospital? 383
• Biomedical waste should be segregated at source (hospitals/nursing homes) 383
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Principles of biomedical waste management 385
• How will you handle contaminated metal instruments 385
• Health hazards of health care (biomedical) waste 385
• What should be the thickness of plastic bags should they be permitted, why? 386
• Disposal of sharp waste in healthcare setting 386
16. Disaster Management...................................................................................................................................387
Long Essay Questions
• Common causes of disaster, disaster cycle, different health hazards likely to occur during and after flood/cyclone/
(Amphan in West Bengal) water-borne diseases. As a BMOH, describe your preparedness to mitigate such hazards
in future 387
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Triage 390
• Vaccination in disaster 390
17. Health Information System and Education and Communication .............................................................391
Long Essay Questions
• Vital statistics, collection and compilation of vital events in a CHC area 391
• Sources of health information in India 392
• Essentials of a good communication process (components) 392
• Different types of communication 393
• Concept of information, education and communication 393
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Various sources of health information available in India, their advantages and disadvantages 394
• Sample registration system (SRS) in India 395
• Census 395
• Health education 396
• Kinds of interview 397
• Demonstration 398
Contents xxxi
• Telemedicine is now an important field of medical communication 398
• Channels of communication 398
• Group discussion 398
• Common barriers of communication 399
• Attitude 399
• Role-play 399
• Different methods of health education communication 400
• Objective of health education 400
• Health education and counselling 400
• Health education is not a health propaganda—Justify with example 401
• Focus group discussion (FGD) 401
• Panel discussion 401
• Symposium 402
• Role of interpersonal communication in behavior change 402
• Behaviour change communication (BCC) 402
18. International Health Organizations and International Health Regulations ............................................404
• Voluntary Health Agency, function, networking, important role in health care delivery 404
• Nongovernment Organizations and its role in community health 404
• International Health Agencies functioning in India, works of bilateral agencies 404
• WHO 405
• UNICEF/GOBI-FFF 406
• CARE 406
• World Bank 406
• Indian Red Cross 407
• Activities of International Red Cross 407
• Rockefeller foundation 407
• Ford foundation 407
• FAO 408
• ILO 408
• Emporiatrics 408
• Isolation 409
• Quarantine 409
• International quarantine 409
• Quarantine and Isolation are not synonymous 409
• Notification of disease/International Health Regulation (IHR) 409
19. Genetics and Health......................................................................................................................................411
Long Essay Questions
• Define preventive genetics, problems of consanguinity, measures available for prevention of diseases having
genetic background 411
• Genetic diseases 413
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Premarital genetic counseling to a young lady whose parents are sickle cell positive 414
• Gene therapy 415
• Role of genetic predisposition in common diseases/genetic factors in cancer 415
20. Basic Statistics ...............................................................................................................................................416
Long Essay Questions
• Different types/methods of sampling, their advantages and limitations 416
• Sampling technique 420
Short Notes and Relevant Questions
• Uses of biostatistics in public health/Usages of statistics in medical research 420
• Work sampling 420
• Normal curve 421
• Uses of normal curve 421
• Standard normal curve 422
• Terms “normal curve” and “standard normal curve” are not synonymous 422
• Types of data with suitable examples 422
xxxii Community Medicine Buster
• Hospital statistics are considered a poor guide for estimation of a disease frequency in a community 423
• Methods of presentation of statistical data 423
• Bar diagram 423
• Pictogram 425
• Pie diagram/chart 425
• Histogram 425
• Frequency polygon 426
• Line diagram 426
• Measurement of central tendency 426
• Statistical average 426
• Measure of dispersion 427
• Mean deviation 428
• Standard deviation 428
• Contingency table 429
• Chi-square test 429
21. National Health Programs ............................................................................................................................431
Long Essay Questions
• Integrated Disease Survellance Program (IDSP) 431
• RMNCH +A 432
• Government policies and schemes for women empowerment 433
• Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY) 433
• List of important national health programs of India 434
• Swachh Bharat Mission/Abhiyan 435
• Ayushman Bharat Programme 436
22. MCQs of Different Universities of India.......................................................................................................438
23. Fill in the Blanks with Appropriate Word(s) ................................................................................................450
24. True/False.......................................................................................................................................................455
Index 45
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32079">Place Hold on <em>Community medicine</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32079</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Community medicine with recent advances






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32081</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Suryakantha , A S. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd., New Delhi 2014
                        . 941
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32081">Place Hold on <em>Community medicine with recent advances</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32081</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Community medicine with recent advances






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32082</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Suryakantha , A S. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd., New Delhi 2014
                        . 941
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32082">Place Hold on <em>Community medicine with recent advances</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32082</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Community Mental Health in India






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32084</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Chawan B S, Nitin Gupta, Priti Arun. 
	   Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi 2012
                        . 662
                        , Section I: An Introduction to Community Mental Health
1. The Relevance of Community Psychiatry in India..................................................................................................................3
 R Srinivasa Murthy
	 	 • Challenging Mental Health Situation in India 3 • International Development of Mental Health Services 7 • Development
of Mental Health Services in Low and Middle Income Countries 8 • Development of Mental Health Services in
India 9 • Community Mental Health Initiatives in India 9 • International Developments 16 • Personal Reflections of Last
Six Decades 16 • Future of Community Psychiatry in India 17
Section II: Historical Concepts and Evolution
2. Psychiatry in India: A Historical Perspective.........................................................................................................................25
 S Haque Nizamie, Mohammad Zia Ul Haq Katshu, Samir Kumar Praharaj
	 	 • History of World Psychiatry 25 • Psychiatry in Ancient Vedic India 26 • Psychiatry in Medieval India 27
• Psychiatry in Colonial India 27 • Psychiatry in Postindependence India—The Colonial Hangover and Development of
Modern Psychiatry 32 • How Far We Have Come? 36
3. General Hospital Psychiatry.....................................................................................................................................................39
 Prakash B Behere, Manik C Bhise
	 	 • The Concept of General Hospital Psychiatry Units 39 • History 40 • Integrating Psychiatry with General Health Care
System in India 40 • Roles of General Hospital Psychiatry Units in India 41 • Inter Relationship between Psychiatry and
other Specialties 43 • Future of Ghpus in India 49
4. Towards Community Mental Health Care: Primary Health Care Model..........................................................................53
 Sunder Lall, Shanker Prinja
	 	 • Village Level 53 • System of Sub-Health Centers 53 • System of Primary Health Centers 54 • System of Community
Health Centers 54 • Moving Away From Mental Institutions—Towards Community Mental Health Care 55
5. National Mental Health Programme .......................................................................................................................................58
 Rajesh Kumar, Dinesh Kumar
	 	 National Mental Health Programme 58 • Evolution of District Mental Health Programme 59 • National mental health
programme in Eleventh Five-Year Plan (2007–12) 61 • District Mental Health Programme and national rural health
mission 62
6. District Mental Health Programme.........................................................................................................................................65
 BN Gangadhar, KV Kishorekumar
	 	 • The Magnitude of Mental Health Problems: The Need for Decentralized Mental Health Care 65 • The Burden
of Mental Disorders 66 • Current Resources for Mental Health Care 66 • Capacity-Building for Primary Care
Personnel to Deliver Mental Health Care 66 • The Advantages of Planning Mental Health Care at the District
Level 67 • Aims and Objectives of the Dmhp 67 • The Process of Implementation of the Dmhp in the District 67
• Mid-Course Evaluation of the Dmhps 69 • Findings and the Recommendations of the Evaluation of the Functioning
of Dmhp in India: Evaluation by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Govt of India, 2009 69 • Key Issues for
Effective Implementation of the Dmhp in India 71
Section III: Dimensions of Community Psychiatry
7. Family and Mental Health in India ........................................................................................................................................77
 Vikas Bhatia, Rohit Garg, Abhiruchi Galhotra
	 	 • Changing Concepts Over the Role of Family in Mental Illness 77 • The Indian Family 78 • Historical Aspects of the
Role of the Family in Mental Illness in India 80 • Impact of Mental Illness on the Families 80 • Therapeutic Role of
xxviii Community Mental Health in India
Family in Management of Psychiatric Illnesses 82 • Changes in Traditional Indian Family and Implications for Mental
Health 82 • Role of Family Self-Help Groups and Nongovernmental Organization in Mental Health in India 84 • Early
Warning Signs of Psychiatric Illnesses: Can Family Prevent Psychiatric Illness? 85
8. Stigma of Mental Illness ...........................................................................................................................................................89
 Santosh Loganathan, R Srinivasa Murthy
	 	 • Historical Perspectives 89 • Stigma: Concepts and Terminologies 91 • Consequences of Stigma 92 • Stigma
Research: Instruments and Methods 94 • Research from India 96 • Research Among Low and Middle-Income
Countries 99 • Research Studies From Western Countries 100 • Anti-Stigma Campaigns 102 • An Agenda for
Action—What Can be Done by the Following Stakeholders? 103
9. Disability and Functioning .....................................................................................................................................................112
 R Thara, Hema Tharoor
	 	 • Definitions 112 • Areas Affected 112 • Impact of Disability 113 • International Classification of Disabilities 113
• Relevance of Icf to Rehabilitation 114 • Measurement of Disabilities 114 • Indian Disability Evaluation and
Assessment Scale 114 • Why Measure Disability? 115 • International Study 115 • Indian Research on Disability 116
• Cross-Cultural Issues and ­Disability 116 • The Interplay of Disability and its Impact on Practice of Community
Psychiatry 117 • Conclusion and The Way Ahead 117
10. Homelessness and Mental Illness...........................................................................................................................................119
 RC Jiloha, Lokesh S Shekhawat
	 	 • Definitions and Concepts 119 • Prevalence 120 • Homelessness and Mental Illness 120 • Pathways to Homelessness
for The Mentally Ill 121 • Homelessness and Individual Psychiatric Disorders 123 • Legal Issues Related to Homeless
Mentally Ill 123 • Negative Effects of Being Homeless 124 • Community Mental Health Programs and the Homeless
Mentally Ill In India 124 • Government and Nongovernment Organizations Working for Homeless Mentally Ill 124
• Management 125 • Principles of Management 127 • Early Intervention 127 • Housing Programs 128 • Outreach Services 128
• Assertive Community Treatment 128 • Service Integration 129 • Motivational Interventions/Stages of Change 129
• Modified Therapeutic Communities 129 • Self-Help Programs 129 • Involvement of Consumers and Recovering
Persons 130 • Psychiatric Rehabilitation 130 • Training and Employment 130 • Crisis Care Services 130 • Teaching and
Training 130
11. Gender and Community Mental Health: Sharing Experiences from our Service Program ..........................................136
 Bhargavi V Davar
	 	 • Contested Concepts of ‘Mental Illness’ 136 • Mental Health Empowerment as the Basis for (Urban) Community Mental
Health Policies 138 • Nuancing Gender in the Context of Development, Urbanization and Mental Health 143 • Designing
a Gender Sensitive Urban Community Mental Health Program 144
12. The Role of Non-Governmental Organizations in Community Mental Health Care......................................................148
 Vandana Gopikumar, Elizabeth Negi, Mirjam Dijkxhoorn
	 	 • Case Study 1 148 • Mental Health Sector—An Overview 149 • Ngo Sector in India 150 • Working with Divergent
Mental Health and Well-being Needs of People from Lower Socioeconomic and Vulnerable Groups 151 • Case Study 2 152
• Working with Tribal Communities 154 • Working with Self-Help Groups 154 • Focus on a Rights Framework 154
• Caregiver and User Driven Programs 155 • Focus on Research 156 • Working with Traditional Systems of Healing
156 • Community Fostering 156 • Challenges Faced by Ngos in the Mental Health Sector 156 • Positive Trends in
Community Mental Health Care in the Ngo Space 157
Section IV: Legislative Aspects
13. Contemporary Debates about Mental Health Legislation: A Summer and a Winter of Discontent ............................ 161
 Anirudh kala
	 	 • United Nations Convention Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD) and Mental Health Act 163 • Towards a
New Mental Health Act 165 • Concerns about the Proposed New Act 167
14. Persons with Disability Act ....................................................................................................................................................169
 Rachna Bhargava, Siva Kumar Thanapal, Abhijit Rozatkar
	 	 • What is Disability? 169 • Change in Perspective of Viewing Disability 169 • Epidemiology of Disability 169
• Policies for Disability in India 170 • Salient Features of the Pwd Act, 1995 170 • Inclusion of Mental Illness
in Pwd Act, 1995 170 • Criticism of Pwd Act 172 • General Policy Issues 172 • Sectoral Policy Issues 173
• Implementation of the Act 173 • Awareness of The Act 174 • Certification of Disability 174 • United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities 174 • Right to Persons with Disabilities Act, 2010: Working Draft 174
• Notable Advances in the New Act 175 • Disability Rights Authority 175
15. Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act ..............................................................................................................176
 Debasish Basu, Munish Aggarwal, Umamaheswari V
	 	 • Historical Background 176 • The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 177 • Amendments 180
• Community and the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 180
16. Human Rights and Law .........................................................................................................................................................184
 Soumitra Pathare, Kunal Kala, Alok Sarin
	 	 • Interaction between Human Rights and Mental Health 184 • International Human Rights Systems 185
• The Indian Scenario 188 • Necessity of Mental Health Legislation—Protecting, Promoting and Improving Rights
through Legislation 188 • Substantive Content of Mental Health and Related Legislation 189 • Interface between Policy
and Legislation 191
Section V: Community Mental Health and Psychiatric Specialties
17. Community Based Addiction Psychiatry .............................................................................................................................195
 Anju Dhawan, Raman Deep Pattanayak
	 	 • Background and Rationale 195 • Concept 195 • Principles and Practices 196 • Range of Community Based Services
196 • Advantages 197 • International Perspectives 197 • Community based Approaches in India 198 • Sector-Based
Interventions (Workplace, Schools) 201 • Cost-Effectiveness 202
18. Community Based Geriatric Psychiatry ...............................................................................................................................205
 KS Shaji
	 	 • Care of older People 205 • Disability/Dependence 205 • Caregiver Issues 206 • Geriatric Psychiatric Disorders 206
• Treatment Gap 208 • Integration with other Services 208 • Peoples’ Participation in Mental Health Care for Older
People 209 • Lessons from Palliative Care 209 • Development of Community based Dementia Care 210 • Schemes and
Policies 210 • Welfare Associations for Elderly 211 • Future Directions 211
19. Community Child and Adolescent Psychiatry ....................................................................................................................213
 Savita Malhotra, Navendu Gaur
	 	 • Historical Account 213 • Introduction 213 • Principles and Goals of Community Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
(CCAP) 214 • Therapeutic Foster Care (TFC) Model 215 • Chandigarh’s Child Protection Programme: A Community
Initiative 217 • Inter-Sectoral Interface 217 • School Mental Health 218 • Conclusion 221
20. Learning Disabilities: Community Based Approaches and Initiatives .............................................................................222
 Chhaya Sambharya Prasad, Samir Dalwai, Hemant Singh Keshwal
	 	 Background 222 • Diagnosis 224 • Issues to be Addressed 227
Section VI: Emergencies in the Community
21. Farmers’ Suicides in Central Rural India ...........................................................................................................................231
 Prakash B Behere, Manik C Bhise
	 	 • Definition of Various Terms 231 • Magnitude of Problem 231 • Epidemiology 232 • State wise Prevalence in India 233
• Etiology 233 • Survivors of Farmer Suicide 235 • Prevention of Farmer Suicides 236 • Role of Psychiatrists 238
• Role of other Allied Professionals 238 • Role of Community-Based Psychiatry in Prevention 238
22. Suicidal Behaviour and Suicide Prevention..........................................................................................................................241.
Roy Abraham Kallivayalil, PG Saji
	 	 • myths about Suicide 241 • Definition and Terms 242 • Epidemiology 242 • Suicidal Behavior as a Public Health
Problem 242 • Associated Factors in Suicide 243 • Causes of Suicidal Behavior 243 • Psychiatric Disorders
and Suicide 244 • Survivor Guilt in Suicide 245 • Copycat Suicide and Media 246 • Society and Suicide 246
• Religion, Culture and Suicide 247 • Economic Situation and Suicide 247 • Suicide by Farmers 247 • ‘What’ after
Assessment 247 • General Approaches in Suicide ­Prevention 248 • The Kerala Experience 249
23. Crisis and Violence Intervention............................................................................................................................................251.
Rajiv Gupta, Arunima Gupta
	 	 • Crisis: Concept and Definition 251 • Violence Potential and Crisis Intervention 251 • Management 253 • Crisis
Intervention 253 • Violent Behavior 254
Contents xxix
xxx Community Mental Health in India
24. Disaster Management: Mental Health Perspective ............................................................................................................257
 Nilamadhab Kar
 • Post-Disaster Mental Health Sequelae 257 • Vulnerability Factors 260 • Post-Disaster Interventions 261 • Types of
Psychological Intervention 262 • Psychopharmacological Intervention 263 • Role of Mental Health Professionals in
Disaster Management 263
Section VII: Alternatives to Hospitalization
25. Models of Community Mental Health Care .........................................................................................................................269.
BS Chavan, Abhijit Rozatkar, Ajeet Sidana
	 	 • What is Required? 269 • Evolution of Community Mental Health 269 • Component of Community Mental Health Model
270 • Are Western Models Appropriate for Developing Countries? 270 • Various Community Models 271 • Future Models
for Community Psychiatry 279
26. Camp Approach.......................................................................................................................................................................281
 BS Chavan, Ajeet Sidana, Abhijit Rozatkar
	 	 • Introduction • Why do We Need the Camp Approach? 281 • Camp Approach in Psychiatry 281 • The Camp Approach
in Substance ­Dependence 282 • History of the Camp Approach for ­Substance Dependence 282 • Organizing a Camp 283
• The Camp Experience 284 • Current Status of Camp Approach 286
27. Primary Prevention of Psychiatric Disorders .....................................................................................................................288
 BS Chavan, Nitin Gupta, Jasmin Arneja
	 	 • Definition of Prevention 288 • Mental Health Promotion 288 • Risk and Protective Factors 289 • Altering
Environmental Settings 289 • Prevention in Relation to Prenatal Period and Infancy 290 • Preventing Specific Disorders
291 • Problems Encountered in Primary Prevention Research 294
28. Alternative/Indigenous Therapies .........................................................................................................................................296
 Rakesh K Chadda, Koushik Sinha Deb
	 	 • Defining Indigenous and Alternative Medicine 296 • Classifying Indigenous and Alternative Therapies 296
• How Many People Actually Seek Alternative Medicine Treatment before Coming to Modern Treatment Centers? 297
• Why do Patients Turn to Indigenous and Alternative Medicine in the Present-Day Context? 298 • A Brief Overview of
the Various Types of Alternative Medicine 298 • Efficacy of Alternative Treatment/Indigenous Therapies 304
Section VIII: Models and Strategies for Management
29. Integration of Mental Health Services with General Health Care ....................................................................................311
 R Srinivasa Murthy
	 	 • Historical Aspects 313 • Magnitude of Mental Disorders in Primary Health Care 314 • Integration of Mental
Health Care with Primary Health Care 314 • General Practitioners Training 318 • Training Resources for Integration of Mental Health Care 319 • Current Status of Integration of Mental Health With General Health Services 319
• Future Needs 320
30. Public Mental Health Education............................................................................................................................................324
 R Srinivasa Murthy
	 	 • Existing Beliefs and Practices 324 • Mental Health Educational Activities in the Country 326 • Evaluation of the Public
Mental Health Education Activities 329 • International Experiences 331 • Guidelines for Preparing Mental Health Education Programs 331
31. Fight Against Stigma...............................................................................................................................................................334
 Sudhir Kumar Khandelwal, Raman Deep Pattanayak
	 	 • Concept and Consequences 334 • Strategies and Interventions to Fight Stigma 334 • Health-Related Stigma: What has
Worked Elsewhere? 337 • Action Against Stigma 338 • Global Program Against Stigma: ‘Open the Doors’ 339 • Stigma
Reduction: Asian Perspective 339 • Stigma Reduction: Indian Perspective 340 • Addressing the Stigma Associated with
Psychiatry 340 • Addressing the Stigma in Media 341 • Need to Address the Stigma in Special Populations 341 • Future
Directions 341
32. Social Inclusion and Mental Health: Some Experiences with Intellectual Disability......................................................345
 Keerti Menon, Reeta Peshawaria
	 	 • Initiatives and Their Applicability 345 • Summary and Conclusions 348
33. Role of Self-Help Groups........................................................................................................................................................350
 Lok Raj
	 	 • Definition 350 • Classification 350 • What helps in Self-Help Groups? 351 • How Effective are Self-Help Groups? 352
• Recovery International Experience 353 • Indian Perspective 354 • Challenges and Way Forward 355
34. Voluntary Sector and NGOs.................................................................................................................................................. 357
 Priti Arun, Suravi Patra, Nitin Gupta
	 	 • History and Present Scenario of Ngos in India 357 • Role of Voluntary Sector in Health 358 • Need of Voluntary Sector
in Mental Health 358 • Areas addressed by Ngos 358 • Research Evidence 360 • Future Directions 361
35. Role of Psychotherapy and Counseling.................................................................................................................................362
 Vijoy K Varma, Nitin Gupta
	 	 • What is Psychotherapy? 362 • Why Consider Psychotherapy? 362 • Western Model of Psychotherapy 362
• Eastern Traditional Model of Psychotherapy 363 • Types of Psychotherapy 364 • Pragmatics Related to the Process of
Psychotherapy 364 • How Psychotherapy Heals? 365 • Adapting Psychotherapy for India 365 • Manpower Constraints
365 • Practical Aspects 366 • Role of Health Professionals in India at the Community Level 366 • Principles and Practice
of Psychotherapy at the Community Level 366 • Psychotherapy in Specific Situations 367
36. Psychosocial Rehabilitation in Psychiatry ............................................................................................................................369
 Paramleen Kaur, Abhijit Rozatkar
	 	 • Introducing Disability in Mental Illness 369 • Nosological Status of Disability 369 • Disability, Functioning and
Rehabilitation 369 • What is Psychiatric Rehabilitation? 370 • Assessment of Psychiatric Disability and Rehabilitation
Needs 370 • Interventions in Rehabilitation 371 • Planning Rehabilitation Needs of Patient 373 • Residential Continuum 374
• Rehabilitation in Mental Retardation 374 • Psychosocial Rehabilitation in Developing World Versus Developed World 375
• Psychosocial Rehabilitation in India 376
Section IX: Administrative, Governance and Research
37. Contributions of Major Professional Bodies ........................................................................................................................383
 JK Trivedi, Rahul Saha
	 	 • Beginning of Ips and Ijp: Aims and Objectives and Postindependence Scenario 384 • Major Contributions and Impact 386
• Other Professional Bodies 387 • How are Professional bodies and Community Psychiatry Interlinked? 389 • Possible
Goals for Future 390
38. Community Mental Health Initiatives by the Government: Past, Present and Future ..................................................393
 Jagdish Kaur, Suman K Sinha
	 	 • Burden of Mental Disorders 393 • Role of the Government in Mental Health Care Delivery in India 393 • National Mental
Health Programme 394 • Mental Health Act and other Supportive Legislations 395 • National Health Policy Supporting
Community Mental Health 396 • District Mental Health Programme 396 • Gaps Identified in Effective Implementation
of DMHP during the Ninth Plan Period 396 • Restrategized Nmhp in the Tenth Plan Period 396 • Expansion of District
Mental Health Programme 396 • Achievements of Nmhp During the Tenth Plan Period 397 • Revised Strategy of Nmhp
in the Eleventh Five Year Plan Period 397 • Revised Implementation Plan for Dmhp 397 • DMHP-Team 397 • Integration of Nmhp with Nrhm 399 • International Cooperation in Community Mental Health 399
39. Community Psychiatry: Cost-Effectiveness and Monitoring .............................................................................................402
 Pratap Sharan, A Shyam Sundar
	 	 • Cost Effectiveness 402 • Who Choice 403 • Monitoring of Community Psychiatric Services 407
40. Models for Research in the Community ...............................................................................................................................413
 Ajit Avasthi, Naresh Nebhinani
	 	 • Research in Community Psychiatry 414 • The Principal Methods used in ­Community Research 414 • Models of
Community Mental Health Care 415 • Indian Research 417 • Ethical Issues in Community Research 417 • Monitoring
and Auditing in ­Community Research 417 • Importance of Community Based ­Research 418 • Conclusion 418 • Future
Directions 418
41. Appropriate Resource Management: Administrative and Political Initiatives ................................................................421
 BS Chavan
	 	 • Availability of Manpower in Mental Health 421 • Human Resources Management 424 • Use of Nonprofessionals for
Mental Health Care 426
Contents xxxi
xxxii Community Mental Health in India
Section X: Community Mental Health: International Perspectives
42. Community Psychiatry in United States of America ........................................................................................................431
 Jagannathan Srinivasaraghavan, Sukriti Mittal, Nishant Kumar, Bhagirathy Sahasranaman,
 Veena Garyali, Swapnil Gupta, Rajeev Panguluri
	 	 • History of Community Psychiatry 431 • Community Psychiatry in California 434 • Community Psychiatry in Florida 435
• Community Psychiatry in Illinois 437 • Community Psychiatry in New York 438 • Community Psychiatry in Mississippi
439 • Conclusion 440
43. Community Psychiatry in United Kingdom........................................................................................................................442
 Niraj Ahuja, Andrew Cole
	 	 • Historical Aspects and Evolution 443 • Deinstitutionalization, Community Psychiatry and General Hospital
Psychiatry 443 •Tiers: Primary, Secondary andTertiaryCare (SteppedCare Model) 445 •Community Mental HealthTeams 445
• National Service Framework for Mental Health 446 • Functional or Specialist Teams 446 • Multidisciplinary Teams: The
Evidence 447 • Funding, Tariffs and Payment by Results 447 • New Horizons 447 • Mental Health Act 448 • Relevance
and Suggestions towards Adaptation to the Indian Setting 448
44. Community Mental Health Services in Australia and New Zealand................................................................................451
 Dinesh K Arya, Brian Kelly
	 	 • Structure of Services 451 • Community Psychiatry—It is Important to Define its Scope 452 • Community Psychiatry
in India, Australia and New Zealand—Similarity in Trends 452 • Growth of Community Psychiatry 456 • Some Myths
about Community Psychiatry 457
45. Community Psychiatry in Singapore....................................................................................................................................460
 Somnath Sengupta, Leong Jern-Yi, Joseph, Lee Cheng
	 	 • Factors that Influence the Effectiveness of a Community Mental Health Program 460 • Community Mental Health Program (Cmhp) in Singapore 462 • Summary of Community Psychiatric Services in Singapore 466 • Is Cmhp Singapore
Applicable to India? 466 • Community Mental Health Program of Singapore Applied to the Realities of India 468
46. Community Psychiatry in Malaysia ......................................................................................................................................470
 Dato’ Suarn Singh, Cheah Yee Chuang
	 	 • Prevalence of Mental Disorders and an Overview of Mental Health Services 470 • Historical Background 470 • Important
Milestones in the Development of Community Psychiatry in Malaysia 471 • Family Support Groups 473 • Strategies to
Strengthen and Enhance Community Mental Health Services 474 • Interface between Primary and Secondary Care 475
• Training and Human Resources 475 • In Service Training 475 • Clinical Practice Guidelines 476 • National Mental
Health Registry 476 • Clinical Audit Indicators for Quality Management 476 • Future Direction 476
47. Community Psychiatry in Sri Lanka ...................................................................................................................................478
 Jayan Mendis
	 	 • History of Community Psychiatry in Sri Lanka 478 • The Present State of Community Psychiatry in Sri Lanka 479
• The Community Health Care Program of Sri Lanka 479 • Non-Governmental Organizations in the Provision of
Community Psychiatry 482 • Community Mental Health Care in the Gampaha District 482 • Strengths of the Existing
Community Mental Health Services 483 • Weaknesses of the Existing Community Mental Health Services 483 • The
Future of Community Psychiatry in Sri Lanka 483
48. Community Psychiatry in Pakistan......................................................................................................................................485
 Late Haroon Rashid Chaudhry, Raumish Masud Khan, Ammara Shabbir
	 	 • Historical Perspective of Community Psychiatry in Pakistan 485 • Current Mental Health Scenario 485
• Existing Manpower Resources and Infrastructure 486 • Existing Training and Research Facilities and Initiatives 487
• Existing Models of Delivery of Care 488 • Role of Ngos 489 • Mental Health Legislation 489 • Mental Health Policy
489 • Current Scenario 489 • Suggestions and Future Directions 490
Section XI: Community Psychiatry and Clinically Applied Anthropology
49. What is Cultural Validity and why is it Ignored? The Case of Expressed Emotions Research in
 South Asia.................................................................................................................................................................................493
 Sushrut Jadhav
	 	 • What Is Cultural Validity? 493 • Validity of Expressed Emotions Research in South Asia 493 • Why Is Cultural Validity
Ignored? 494
50. A Cultural Critique of Community Psychiatry in India.....................................................................................................496
 Sumeet Jain, Sushrut Jadhav
	 	 • What Ails Community Psychiatry in India? Three Vignettes 496 • Brief Cultural History of Community Psychiatry in
India 498 • Critical Issues and Future Directions 504
51. Pills that Swallow Policy: Clinical Ethnography of a Community Mental Health Programme in
 Northern India .........................................................................................................................................................................509
 Sumeet Jain, Sushrut Jadhav
	 	 • the ‘Policy’ Pill 510 • Compliance With Medication: The Pill As A Boundary Marker 511 • ‘Sarkari Davai’(Government
Medicine): Community Reactions To Government Services 515 • Discussion 515
52. Eco-psychiatry: Culture, Mental Health and Ecology with Special Reference to India.................................................522
 Arabinda N Chowdhury, Sushrut Jadhav
	 	 • Concepts Relevant To Ecopsychiatry 522 • Development of the Concept of Ecopsychiatry 523 • Ecopsychiatric
Issues—Ecology and Mental Health 523 • Ecosystem Services and Human Health 524 • Social Change and Ecology 524
• Disasters 525 • Urbanization, City Ecology and Mental Health 525 • High-Rise and Metro-Rail 526 • Deforestation
527 • Development-Induced Population Displacement 529 • Climate Change 530 • Environmental Degradation 532
• Eco-Specificity and Mental Health: A Case Study From Sundarban, West Bengal, india 533 • Some Practical Steps in
Clinical Community Psychiatry 533
53. Stigmatization of Severe Mental Illness in India: Against the Simple Industrialization Hypothesis............................543
 Sushrut Jadhav, Roland Littlewood, Andrew G Ryder, Ajita Chakraborty, Sumeet Jain, Maan Barua
	 	 • Materials and Methods 543 • Results 544 • Discussion 545 • Appendix: Stigmatization ­Questionnaire 548
54. Psychiatric Stigma Across Cultures: Local Validation in Bangalore and London ..........................................................550
 Mitchell G Weiss, Sushrut Jadhav, R Raguram, Penelope Vounatsou, Roland Littlewood
	 	 • Methods 551 • Results 552 • Discussion 557
55. Clinical Appeal of Cultural Formulations in Rural Mental Health: A Manual...............................................................560
 Sushrut Jadhav, Sumeet Jain
	 	 • What is Culture? 560 • Discussion 563 • Summary 565
56. Cultural Dimensions of Health-Seeking Behaviour for Psychiatric Disorders in North India:
 An Exploration of Medical Pluralism ...................................................................................................................................566
 Antti Pakaslahti
	 	 • Orientation to the Temples and the Healing Tradition 567 • The Network of Healers in Balaji 568 • Background and
Help-Seeking Pathways of Patients 569 • on Symptoms and Diagnoses of ­Patients From Two Perspectives 571 • Three
Accounts of Help-Seeking 572 • Summing Up For Future Research 574
Section XII: Personal and Popular Narratives of Suffering
	57.	 Experiences and Reflections from the Parent of a Schizophrenic Daughter ...................................................................581
 Dr Sood
	 	 • Onset of the Problem 581 • Handling of A Schizophrenic At Home 582 • Society and Stigma 582 • Great Relief to the
Patient and the Parents 583
58. Gopalan ....................................................................................................................................................................................584
 Sneha Rajaram
59. Mind Snare...............................................................................................................................................................................591
 Divya Gupta 591
	 	 • Millions of Families are Struggling with Psychiatric Illnesses with ­Almost No Support: Divya Gupta ­Surveys A Landscape of Intense ­Despair—and Hope 591
Section XIII: Appendix (Reprints of Historical Papers)
60. A Model for Rural Psychiatric Services—Raipur Rani Experience..................................................................................605
 NN Wig, R Srinivasa Murthy, TW Harding
	 	 • Mental Illness At the Village Level 605 • Issues 606 • the Study Area 606 • Progress and Observation 607 • Health Staff
Interview 607 • Screening of the General Health Clinic Population (Adults) 608 • Screening of the General Health Clinic
Population (Children) 608 • Community Attitude to Mental Disorders 609 • Priority Selection 609 • Rural Psychiatric
Contents xxxiii
xxxiv Community Mental Health in India
Clinics 609 • Training of the Health Personnel 610 • Training Manual 611 • Training Programs 611 • Supervision and
Support of the Health Personnel 611 • Decentralization of Services 611 • Observation During Supervision of Health
Personnel 613 • Administrative 613 • Community Involvement and Health Education Activity 615 • Implications 616
61. Mental Health Delivery Through Rural Primary Care—Development and Evaluation of a
Training Programme ...............................................................................................................................................................617
 Mohan K Isaac, RL Kapur, CR Chandrashekar, Malavika Kapur, R Pathasarathy
	 	 • Context 618 • Objectives 618 • Trainee Characteristics 618 • Resources 619 • Process 619 • Effects 619 • Discussion 619
• Appendix 621
62. ICMR-DST: Collaborative Study on Severe Mental Morbidity ........................................................................................623
 Indian Council of Medical Research and Department of Science and Technology
	 	 • Introduction 623 • Review of Literature 623 • The Present Study 628 • Phase I: Development, Modification and Translation of Research Instruments 635 • Phase II: Training of Centre Personnel and Intervention by Trained Personnel 637 •
Phase Ii: Field Survey 645 • Discussion 646 • Issues Emerging Out of the Study 649 • Epilogue 651
Index....................................................................................................................................................................................................655
Introduction
Mohan Isaac
Wow! A book on Community Mental Health in India! That
too authored and edited by mostly Indian mental health
professionals based on their experiences in attempting to
provide meaningful mental health services to over a billion
populations. When the editors invited me to contribute an
introduction to this book, I was indeed delighted. I was
naturally reminded of my own entry to the field of community mental health in India almost 35 years ago, during the
second half of 1976. The first and only specially designated
community mental health unit in the country was set up at
the National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro Sciences
(NIMHANS), Bengaluru and the late Professor Ravi Kapur
was appointed to the first Chair of Community Psychiatry
in India at NIMHANS. The main goal of this unit was to
develop methods of taking mental health care out of the
psychiatric institutions to the large sections of unserved
and underserved populations, particularly in the rural areas.
Those were the days when Milton Greenblat had famously termed ‘psychiatry’ the ‘cinderella of medicine’ in
the New England Journal of Medicine and Fuller Torrey
had predicted the “death of psychiatry”. Specialization in
psychiatry by young medical graduates was not considered
very commendable. After my initial years of postgraduate
training in psychiatry, my decision to join the newly formed
community mental health unit at NIMHANS as one of its
few earliest staff members (against the possibility of working as a junior consultant in the hospital setting) and carry
out my doctoral thesis related work in the villages around
the Sakalawara Rural Community Mental Health Center was
frowned upon by many around me. However, the quick acceptance with minimal changes and publication of my thesis
related work on detection of psychosis and epilepsy in the
community by multipurpose health workers of rural primary
health centers in journals such as The Lancet and the British Journal of Psychiatry convinced me that we were in the
right direction. I was also convinced that the only way mental
health care could be delivered to the unreached populations
in the country was by big development of community mental
health. I continued to be attached to the community mental
health unit at NIMHANS for nearly the next 30 years. During
this period, I also had the privilege of personally knowing
the work in the field of community mental health of most
of the authors of this textbook. Subsequently, after I moved
to the University of Western Australia where I continue to
be attached to a community, culture and mental health unit,
I learned on the first hand basis how very different is the
delivery of community based mental health services in a
resource rich developed setting and a developing country.
What follows in this introduction is my personal perception
of issues in community mental health in western and nonwestern settings such as India.
Community mental health
Community mental health, in very broad and simple terms,
refers to care of and services provided to persons with mental
health problems and their families in community settings.
In developing countries such as India, community settings
would include a person’s home, large joint family setting, a
general practitioner’s clinic, a government run primary health
center (PHC), community health centre (CHC) or a district
hospital, a non-hospital residential facility such as a half-way
home or hostel run by non-governmental organizations, a
private psychiatrist’s office/clinic, a counseling center or a
rehabilitation center in a community location running day
programs and providing a range of other community based
services. Such care or services may be provided by; besides
trained mental health professionals (psychiatrists, clinical
psychologists, psychiatric social workers, and psychiatric
nurses), trained general practitioners, primary health center
doctors and multipurpose health workers, counselors, rehabilitation workers and family members and other carers
under the overall supervision of mental health professionals.
The broad range of services can include early identification 
xxxvi Community Mental Health in India
and prompt treatment of both common and severe mental
disorders, management of persons with chronic mental disorders in the community, referral to secondary and tertiary
mental health services as well as other social welfare services,
attention to the mental health needs of persons with various
physical health problems, and interventions aimed at mental
health promotion and mental health prevention in community organizations such as schools, anganwadis (pre-school
institution), industries and in the larger community itself. The
goals and principles of community mental health ideally are
decentralization, comprehensiveness of care, accessibility of
appropriate, affordable and equitable basic mental health care
to all, multidisciplinary and multisector (including private sector) involvement, community participation and inter-sectoral
collaboration.
Community mental health in the
West
In the rich and developed countries of Western Europe,
Scandinavia, and North America and in Australia and New
Zealand, community mental health care really began only
during the second half of the twentieth century. Up until
the 1950s, care for persons with severe mental disorders in
these countries was provided only in large stand-alone institutions called asylums (mental hospitals). Such institutions
steadily grew in number, size and occupancy in most of
these countries during the previous two centuries. However,
beginning in the early part of twentieth century, due to a
variety of factors such as overcrowding, poor living conditions, declining financial resources, unmotivated staff, growing
public and professional discontent, etc. The mental hospitals
progressively started declining in their therapeutic role and
functions. The serendipitous discovery of the first effective
antipsychotic medication, chlorpromazine in 1952 and its
subsequent widespread use triggered a process which was
later referred to as deinstitutionalization. Deinstitutionalization was not preconceived and has been variously defined.
Mental health historians are divided about whether to call it
a ‘policy’, ‘concept’, ‘movement’, ‘protest movement’ or just
an ‘era’. Some critics of deinstitutionalization have referred
to the phenomenon as a ‘factoid’. Deinstitutionalization essentially meant moving severely mentally ill people out of
large institutions—mental hospitals and shifting their care
and support to community based settings and later closing
part or all of the institution. For example, the total number
of severely mentally ill inpatients in all mental hospitals in
the United Sates of America which was 558,329 in 1955
came down to 71, 619 in 1994 (US population in 1955 was
164 million and in 1994, 260 million). In USA, the growth
of community mental health was accelerated by numerous
factors including the final report of the Joint Commission
on Mental Illness and Health (appointed by President Eisenhower in 1955) titled “Action for Mental Health” submitted in
1961. President John Kennedy called for the closure of large
stand alone psychiatric institutions and their replacement by
home and community care services. The enactment of the
Community Mental Health Centres Act (signed by President
Kennedy in 1963, three weeks prior to his assassination)
paved the way for the creation of community mental health
centers in USA.
During the succeeding years, similar events occurred in
most rich and developed countries. Care of persons with
severe mental disorders moved out of the mental hospitals
and into the community. The process of deinstitutionalization
and the creation of various alternatives to mental hospitals
occurred at varying pace in different countries. Factors
which determined the pace of reforms included changes
to mental health legislation, financial resources and funding
arrangements, availability of trained human resources, social
acceptance, political will and administrative commitment. For
example, in Italy a new mental health law, called the “Law
180” was enacted in 1978. The law aimed to change mental
health services radically. It had four main components namely:
(1) Phase out mental hospitals and cease all new admissions,
(2) Establish general hospital psychiatry wards (maximum
15 beds), (3) Restrict compulsory admissions and (4) Set up
community mental health centers. The mental health care
scenario changed dramatically following the enactment of
the legislation.
The development of the type of community based
services varied internationally. Non-hospital residential facilities such as half way houses and hostels and different
forms of supported accommodation in the community were
established. Catchment area teams and multidisciplinary
community mental health teams were created to deliver
different types of services for the persons discharged from
mental hospitals. A form of intervention consisting of initial
engagement with patients, assessment of their needs, individualized care planning, environmental interventions, regular
monitoring and review and patient advocacy referred to as
‘case management’ was developed. Different forms of case
management including a particular form of intensive care
called ‘assertive community treatment’ (ACT) became the
predominant mode of community based care in all resource
rich settings. The current form of mental health services in
the West is a pragmatic balance of community and hospital
based care, referred to as “balanced care” wherein treatment
and a variety of community based services are provided either at home or close to home, coordinated by mental health 
professionals and agencies. Such care also includes short-term
hospitalization when needed, invariably in a general hospital
based psychiatry unit. In many western countries, mental
health reform is still an ongoing process (Burns, 2007; Fagin,
1985; Fakhoury and Priebe, 2002; Isaac, 2007; Thornicroft
and Tansella, 2004).
Community mental health in developing countries such as India
In most Asian and Latin American countries with very modest
financial and trained human resources mental health services
continue to be provided largely through mental hospitals or
stand alone psychiatric institution. The mental health reform
process has barely begun only during the past decade in most
countries. In Japan, the number of institutionalized mentally
ill increased over the years. In many countries of Africa,
formal mental health services are rudimentary.
The story of community mental health in India is very
different from the West. Persons with mental disorders traditionally have always been treated within the community.
Such persons were generally taken care of by the family, the
larger community and traditional healers. Asylums which later
became mental hospitals were opened in India, initially by the
British East India Company and later by the country’s colonial
rulers, primarily for British soldiers and British nationals who
suffered from mental disorders. For a large country with a
huge and growing population, the total number of mental
hospital beds available was always very small. At the time of
India’s independence in 1947, the country had just 17 psychiatric institutions and about ten thousand mental hospital beds.
Since the mental health care facilities were so inadequate,
some more mental hospitals were built in the country during
the first two decades after independence. However, more than
fifty years later, when the country’s National Human Rights
Commission (NHRC) surveyed all the then existing mental
hospitals (total of 37, most of them funded by various state
governments), and other mental health care institutions in
the country, the total number of hospital/institutional beds
for persons with mental disorders was still less than twenty
thousand. Bold reforms involving the family members of
those admitted to the hospital were initiated as early as the
mid 1950s and 60s in the mental hospitals at Amritsar and
Agra and certain centers such as Vellore. Strength of institutions such as the joint family, marriage, the close knit community, greater tolerance of deviant behaviour not only within
families but also in the larger community, lower expectations
from persons with mental disorders, religion and faith based
coping as well as healing strategies, all contributed to large
numbers of persons with various mental disorders being taken
care of in the community. Many years later, the 2 years, 5
years and 25 years follow-up of persons with schizophrenia
studied on a long-term basis by the World Health Organization’s Division of Mental Health at Agra, Chandigarh and
Chennai centers showed that such patients, in general had
relatively a much better outcome in India than in many other
developed countries in the world.
Around this time, a steadily increasing number of mental
health units in the general hospital and medical college based
teaching hospital settings were set up in the bigger cities in
the country. General hospital psychiatric care meant shorter
periods of hospitalization and greater involvement of family
members in the care of person with mental disorder. More
and more persons with various less severe forms of mental
disorders too sought help in general hospital psychiatry units.
All over the country, almost every person with any mental
disorder was initially treated/managed primarily by traditional
healers of various types including healers and priests who
worked from within religious institutions such as temples.
One of the consequences of the grossly limited modern facilities for care of mental disorders was that many mentally ill
persons became “wandering and homeless mentally ill” across
the country. Widespread misconceptions about causation of
mental disorders, all pervasive stigma, and lack of community
demand for modern mental health care services, grossly inadequate budgetary inputs for mental health in the midst of
competing needs for infectious and communicable disorders
and nutritional disorders, severe shortage of trained mental
health professionals, all contributed to neglect of mental
health care. Health planners, administrators and even other
medical specialists and general practitioners were unaware of
the wide prevalence and suffering caused by mental disorders.
Unlike most other newly independent developing countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America and despite the above
mentioned problems, psychiatry grew in India slowly and
steadily, but definitely. Amongst several developments which
took place in the country during the initial post-independence
decades which contributed to not only the growth of psychiatry but also the starting of pilot community mental health
projects, three are worth mentioning. These three important
developments were: (i) Starting of the Indian Psychiatric Society (IPS) – the professional body of psychiatrists in India,
with a membership of 42 in 1947. First annual conference
of the Indian Psychiatric Society was held in Patna in January
1948. Not many years later, in 1958, the IPS began publishing its academic journal – Indian Journal of Psychiatry (or
the IJP, as it is popularly referred to in India), currently in its
53rd Volume. (ii) Conduct of some very good epidemiological
surveys of mental disorders in the community during the late
fifties and early sixties, in places such as Bengaluru and Agra.
Introduction xxxvii
xxxviii Community Mental Health in India
Agra later was chosen as one of the nine centers in the World
Health Organization International Pilot Study of Schizophrenia (IPSS) – one of the only two centers in the developing
world, the other was Ibadan, Nigeria. (iii) Perhaps the most
important development was the starting of an institution for
training and research in the field of mental health – the All
India Institute of Mental Health (AIIMH) in Bengaluru in
1954. It is interesting to note that such an institute for training
mental health professionals (psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, psychiatric nurses and psychiatric social workers) was
opened even before the starting of other major training and
research institutions in the overall field of medicine such as
the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in New
Delhi and the Post Graduate Institute of Medical Education
and research (PGIMER) in Chandigarh. It is also interesting
that the All India Institute of Mental Health in Bengaluru had
full fledged departments of Neurology, Neurosurgery and
allied basic sciences departments such as Neurophysiology,
Neuropathology and Biophysics right from its early days –
the realization of the close links between mental health and
neurosciences, “brain and mind”, the concept of clinical
neurosciences in action, well ahead of such developments
taking place much later in developed countries of the West. To
convey the true nature of the institution more appropriately,
AIIMH became the National Institute of Mental Health and
Neurosciences (NIMHANS) in 1974, now arguably one of
the most productive and prestigious research and training
institutions in the fields of mental health and neurosciences
in the whole of the developing world. Realizing the need
to develop and evaluate meaningful and feasible alternate
approaches/strategies to mental health care delivery in the
country, NIMHANS created a Chair of Community Psychiatry and started a specially designated Community Psychiatry
unit in 1975, much before positions and units for developing
community psychiatry became fashionable elsewhere in the
world.
During the late 1970s and 80s, the Community Mental
Health unit at NIMHANS developed an approach and a
strategy for integrating basic mental health care with the
existing general health care services in India. This approach
involved decentralized training in basic mental health care for
primary health center doctors and multipurpose health workers, making essential psychotropic medications easily available
at all peripheral primary health care institutions and providing
continued on-the-job training, support and supervision for
the trained primary health center staff to carry out simple
mental health care services under the overall supervision of a
mental health professional at the district head quarters level.
This approach was initially tried in various primary health
centers (PHCs) in Karnataka State which those days covered
a population of hundred thousand. Later, it was expanded
to a whole district (i.e. all the peripheral health care institution in a district), in Bellary district of Karnataka State. The
overall strategy which evolved after 5 years of trial in Bellary
came to be known as the “Bellary model” of District Mental
Health Programme (DMHP) and was adopted by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India for
staggered country wide implementation as a fully centrally
(federally) funded programme (Isaac, 2011; Srinivasa Murthy,
2011). It is interesting to note that nearly three decades later,
an international consortium of 422 researchers, advocates and
clinicians working in more than 60 countries have identified
“integration of screening and core packages of services into
routine primary health care”, “reducing the cost and improving the supply of effective medications”, “providing effective
and affordable community based care and rehabilitation” and
“strengthening the mental health training of all health care
personnel” as some of the top “grand challenges in global
mental health” (Collins et al., 2011).
In 1982, India was one of the first countries in the
developing world to formulate a National Mental Health
Programme (NMHP). But budgetary allocation for the
implementation of the NMHP was made only since 1996-
97, during the ninth (1997-02), tenth (2002-07) and the
eleventh (2007-12) Five Year Plans by the Government of
India. Recently, several authors have critically looked at the
successes and failures in the implementation of the NMHP
and its main component namely the District Mental Health
Programme (DMHP) and have offered numerous corrective suggestions (Goel, 2011; Isaac, 2011; Jacob, 2011; Patel,
2011; Srinivasa Murthy, 2011). Most experts believe that the
DMHP has failed to “integrate mental health care delivery
into primary care” due to a wide variety of administrative,
managerial and technical reasons. However, experts observe
“… the programme has ensured wider availability of essential psychotropic medication…” (Jacob, 2010), the DMHP
is “essentially a psychiatrist led out-patient clinic in district
hospitals” (Patel, 2011) and “major gains have been made….
The NMHP is now accepted as a relative low-cost, high-yield
public health intervention which is doable, as shown in states
such as Kerala and Gujarat” (Goel, 2011). The country can
soon expect a “radical revision and re-haul of the dysfunctional NMHP” and a “re-written” DMHP for the 12th Five
year plan (2012-2017) in independent India’s first mental
health policy as in early 2011 the Ministry of Health and
Family Welfare, Government of India constituted a Mental
health policy group comprising diverse stakeholders (Patel,
2011). The country is also on the threshold of seeing a new 
National Mental Health Care Plan with specific reference to
the NMHP and DMHP, with specific strategies and activities to implement the priority areas of action identified in
the National Mental Health Care Policy and an estimate of
financial resources required to implement the Plan by April
2012, according to the ‘Terms of Reference’ of the Policy
Group (GOI-MOHFW, 2011).
A Book of Community Mental Health
for Non-Western Settings
This multiauthored book of Community Mental Health
largely follows a ‘mental health systems’ approach to deal
with various topics. The term mental health system includes
(i) mental health policies, plans, programmes (ii) legislations
and regulations governing mental health service organization
and practice (iii) organization of service programes for detection and treatment of mental disorders including reliable
supply of psychotropic medicines and rehabilitation services
(iv) programmes that are devoted to mental health promotion (v) social arrangements that promote social participation
including work and income support for persons with mental
illness and (vi) the political, socio cultural and economic
environment in which all the above occurs, besides other
topics (Minas and Cohen, 2007). The book begins with an
introductory chapter on the needs, relevance, growth and current status of community mental health in India (Section I).
The historical evolution of mental hospitals as an institution
in India, growth of general hospital psychiatry units and the
genesis of the national mental health programme and its
flagship programme, the district mental health programme
are described in Section II. Integrating mental health into
primary care in developing countries is different from such
integration in developed countries because the primary care
network itself is very differently organized due to a variety of
factors such as limited trained personnel and poor financial
resources. Chapter 29 describes the challenges in the integration of mental health into general health services. Innovative
approaches such as mental health camps and extension clinics
in smaller towns and big villages have been developed to reach
the vast unreached populations in rural areas. Various such
models of community mental health care are described in
Chapters 25 and 26. It is well known that almost all people
who need mental health care in developing countries often
seek such care and help from traditional and indigenous healers. Chapter 28 reviews the role and significance of alternative
therapies in mental health care. When support for research
is limited, the area which is often forgotten is community
mental health. There is a need to build research capacity in
community mental health in developing countries. Models
of research in community mental health are explained in
Chapter 40.
There are comprehensive chapters on community based
services for special populations such as the elderly, children
and adolescents, children with learning disabilities and those
suffering from substance use related problems (Section V).
Issues of specific relevance to developing countries such as
India including steadily increasing suicides in the country and
farmer’s suicides (Chapters 21 and 22), continuing difficulties
related to stigma (Chapters 8, 31, 53 and 54), homelessness
of the mentally ill with special problems relevant to developing country settings (Chapter 10), mental health aspects of
manmade and natural disasters which are endemic in India
(Chapter 24), and the role of gender in community mental health (Chapter 11) are included. Contributions to the
development of community mental health by professional
organizations such as the Indian Psychiatric Society are reviewed in Chapter 37.The section on legislation (Section IV)
also includes a chapter on the Narcotics and Psychotropic
Substances Act of India.
The authors who are predominantly Indian and who
come from multiple backgrounds – well known academicians,
researchers and teachers, clinicians from the governmental as
well as private sectors, health administrators from the government in charge of mental health program, practitioners and
activists from the non-governmental sector, care providers
and a media person who writes about mental health issues in
the popular print media (Chapter 59) – add to the richness
and variety of the contents and coverage in this text book.
The continuing role of the federal government in supporting community mental health is discussed in Chapter 38
by senior officers who were in charge of the mental health
program at the time when the chapter was commissioned
(and subsequently submitted for the book). The role of
non-governmental sector in various mental health programs
is being increasingly recognized in India. There are a growing
number of such organizations carrying out different types of
community based activities all over the country. The relevance
of the voluntary non-governmental sector is well described
in Chapters 12 and 34. Carer and consumer participation in
mental health programs have only begun in a small way in
India. Carer and consumer advocacy organizations are very
few unlike western settings. Chapters 57 and 58 provide caregiver perspectives from the caregivers as well as the professionals points of view. A fairly large section on community
mental health in some South and East Asian countries such
as Sri Lanka, Pakistan, Malaysia and Singapore and developed
countries such as the USA, UK, Australia and New Zealand
(Section X) will give the reader an opportunity to compare
and contrast issues across the world. The fact that the authors
Introduction xxxix
xl Community Mental Health in India
of chapters about community mental health in developed
countries have had training and first hand experience of
situation in non-western settings adds value to their chapters.
The community mental health professionals’ understanding of the relevance of clinically applied anthropology in
their work is very limited. An entire section (Section XI) is
devoted to cultural critique of community mental health in
India and related issues including what cultural validity is
and why it is often ignored. Editors have chosen to include
few papers not very easily accessible such as the ICMR-DST
Collaborative Study on Severe Mental Morbidity and some of
the initial papers describing work done in Raipur Rani near
Chandigarh and Sakalawara near Bangalore which describe
the early phase of developments in community mental health
in India as appendices (Section XIII).
Most psychiatry postgraduate training centers in India
do not provide any organized and structured training or
exposure to community mental health related topics. This
book can immensely contribute to filling up the lacunae in
community mental health training of not only psychiatrists
but other mental health professionals as well. Although, the
issues are largely based on the authors work and expertise in
India, the book will be valuable to any mental health professional working in non-western settings.
Published literature in peer reviewed journals on issues
related to community mental health in developing countries
including India is very limited. The authors have reviewed
the grey literature consisting of various documents, papers in
non peer-reviewed and non-academic publications and the lay
print media. There are numerous contradictions and puzzles
yet to be clarified and answered as far as mental disorders in
developing countries such as India are concerned. One such
puzzle is raised by Sartorius (2011), an internationally recognized leader in mental health, a distinguished past President
of the World Psychiatric association and for over 25 years
the Head of the World Health Organization’s mental health
division and under whom I had the privilege to work for a
number of years. He has visited all the mental hospitals and
a variety of other institutions in India. He raises a question
“simple to ask” but “without a satisfactory answer”. “How was
it possible that India had in all approximately 20,000 beds in
mental hospitals and psychiatry departments in general hospitals when by conservative estimates in India there were at least
10 million seriously mentally ill people who need in-patient
care for at least 2 weeks a year?” He goes on to observe that
“Some patients were probably living as vagrants or beggars
and others were undoubtedly in prisons. Still, with all these
calculations – and taking into account that the incidence of
severe mental illness such as schizophrenia in India did not
differ from that in other countries and that there must have
been more people with various forms of brain damage due,
for example to poor perinatal care, infectious diseases and
malnutrition in childhood than in Europe – it was not clear
what was happening with the millions of people who were
acutely ill and who needed help and more millions whom
mental illness left impaired and unable to look after themselves”. “The extended family system might explain part of
the puzzle – but not all of it: in surveys families did not have
as many mentally ill people in their midst as could be expected
if most of the mentally ill were cared for in this way”. The
various chapters in this book on Community Mental Health
describing largely the current situation in India may provide
at least part of the answer to this puzzle.
Conclusion
During the past 35 years, after the starting of the community
mental health unit at NIMHANS, many things have changed
in the field of mental health care all over the world. Significant
developments have occurred in community based mental
health care in India too, most of which are well described
in this book. However, as a series of comprehensive and
authoritative reviews of the situation of mental health in
low and middle income countries, including India published
recently in journals such as The Lancet have shown, the
treatment gap in mental health continues to be quite wide
and much needs to be done to fill this gap. It is interesting to note that the broad principles of community mental
health in developing countries have changed very little over
the years as indicated by the recent mental health gap action
programme of the World Health Organization (mhGAP) and
similar programmes elsewhere (Jacob, 2011) and some of
the top “grand challenges in global mental health” (Collins
et al., 2011) as identified by more than 400 experts in the
field of mental health from all over the world. Meaningful
partnerships and collaboration between diverse stakeholders are urgently required for progress in community mental
health in India. True innovation and leadership are needed,
more than ever before.
Bibliography
1. Burns T. Community Mental Health Teams. Psychiatry 2007;6:325-
328.
2. Collins PY, Patel V, Joestl SS. Grand challenges in global mental
health. Nature 2011;475:27-30.
3. Fagin L. Deinstitutionalisation in the USA. Psychiatric Bulletin
1985;9:112-114.
4. Fakhoury W, Priebe S. The process of deinstitutionalisation: an international overview. Current Opinion in Psychiatry 2002;15:187-192.
5. Goel DS. Why mental health services in low and middle income
countries are under-resourced, under-performing: An Indian perspective. The National Medical Journal of India 2011;24:94-97.
6. Government of India Ministry of Health and Family Welfare
(GOI-MOHFW). Constitution of a policy Group to frame a
Mental Health policy for India, No. V.15016/49/2009-PH-I dated
15th April 2011.
7. Isaac M. Provision for the long term discharged patient. Psychiatry
2007;6:317-320.
8. Isaac M. The National Mental Health programme: Time for reappraisal. in Themes and Issues in Contemporary Indian Psychiatry.
Edited by Kulhara P et al. New Delhi, Indian Psychiatric Society,
2011.
9. Jacob KS. Repackaging mental health programmes. The Hindu,
2010, Opinion, 4th November 2010.
10. Jacob KS. Repackaging mental health programmes in low and middle income countries, Indian Journal of Psychiatry 2011;53:195-
198.
11. Minas H, Cohen A. Why focus on mental health systems? International Journal of Mental Health Systems 2007;1:1-4.
12. Patel V. The great push for mental health: why it matters for India.
Indian Journal of Medical Research 2011;134:407-409.
13. Sartorius N. Notes of a traveller. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica
2011;123:239-246.
14. Srinivasa Murthy R. Mental health initiatives in India (1947 – 2010)
The National Medical Journal of India 2011;24:26-35.
15. Thornicroft G, Tansella M. Components of a modern mental
health service: a pragmatic balance of community and hospital
care: Overview of systematic evidence. British Journal of Psychiatry 2004;185:289-290
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32084">Place Hold on <em>Community Mental Health in India</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32084</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Copeland and Afshari's principles and practice of cornea Vol.01






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789350901724</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32416</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Copeland, Robert A, Ed.; Afshari, Natalie A, Ed.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2013
                        
                        , Section 1: Basic Science
1. Basic Structure and Function of the Human Cornea and Adnexal Structures 3
Sina John Sabet, Chrysavgi Adamopoulou
Gross Anatomy of the Cornea 3
Epithelium 4
The Tear Film 6
Bowman’s Membrane 7
Stroma 7
Descemet’s Membrane 8
Endothelium 8
Limbus 9
Sclera 10
Conjunctiva 10
Eyelids 12
2. Corneal Embryology 16
Hon-Vu Q Duong
Histology 16
Embryology 18
3. The Human Cornea: Basic Structure and Function 26
Hon-Vu Q Duong
Corneal Epithelium 26
Bowman’s Membrane 30
Corneal Stroma 31
Descemet’s Membrane 33
Corneal Pharmacology 40
Volume 1
xxvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
4. Basic Immunology 43
Behrad Y Milani, Mercede Majdi, Majid A Moarefi, Ali R Djalilian
Overview of Immune Response 43
Cellular Components of the Immune Response 43
Soluble Mediators/Receptors of Inflammation 46
Cell-Mediated Immune Response 48
Humoral Immune Response 50
Hypersensitivity Reactions 51
The Ocular Immune Response 52
Immunology of Corneal Graft Rejection 54
5. Morphology and Pathologic Response of Corneal and Conjunctival Disease 59
Emily Baum, Andrew Doan
Epithelium 59
Stroma and Keratocytes 61
Endothelium 64
Corneal Limbus 65
Stem Cell Deficiency 65
Conjunctiva 66
6. Corneal Angiogenesis 70
Felix Bock, Claus Cursiefen
Angiogenic Privilege of the Cornea 70
Endogenous Inhibitors of Angiogenesis in the Cornea and Aqueous Humor 71
Angiogenesis and Lymphangiogenesis in the Cornea 73
Clinical Consequences of Loss of Corneal Angiogenic Privilege 75
Exogenous Inhibitors of Angiogenesis 76
7. Limbal Stem Cells of the Corneal Epithelium 80
Harminder Singh Dua, Ammar Miri, Dalia Galal Said
Stem Cells 80
Limbal Epithelial Stem Cells 81
Section 2: Examination and Evaluation Techniques
8. The Fine Art of Slit-Lamp Biomicroscopy with Applications to
Anterior Segment Photography 89
Alan N Carlson
Historical Background 89
Elements that Contribute to a Successful Examination 90
Optical Considerations 90
Contents xxvi9. Corneal Pachymetry 98
Matthew V Brumm, Shahzad I Mian
Applications 99
Demographics 100
Diagnostic Methods 100
10. Corneal Keratometry 112
Takeshi Ide, Kazuo Tsubota
History of Keratometry 112
Eye Optical System 112
Keratometry 113
Keratometric Refractive Index 113
Assumptions and Limitations 114
11. Corneal Topography: Topography Overview 116
Ryan S Vida, Ming Wang
PART 1
Topography Overview 116
PART 2
Topography Images for Review and Clinical Applications 121
12. Corneal Imaging 134
Peter Kim, Sonia N Yeung, Charles J Pavlin, David S Rootman
Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography 134
Ultrasound Biomicroscopy 137
13. Confocal Microscopy 143
William D Mathers, Michael Page
History 143
Principles of Confocal Microscopy 143
Confocal Microscopy Systems in Clinical Use 144
Confocal Microscopy Through Focusing 145
Clinical Applications 145
Research Applications 149
Limitations 150
14. Specular Microscopy 153
Gawain Dyer, George OD Rosenwasser
Optical Principles of Specular Microscopy 153
Improvements in Instrumentation and Methods 154
Practical Use of Specular Microscopy 156
Clinical Findings of Specular Microscopy 161
xviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
15. Corneal Biomechanics 171
David A Taylor, Natalie A Afshari, Robert A Copeland Jr
A Brief Physics Overview 171
Operation of the Ocular Response Analyzer 172
Section 3: Epidemiology of Cornea and External Diseases
16. Epidemiology of the Major Cornea and External Diseases 183
Donald Tiang-Hwee Tan, Wei-Boon Khor
Epidemiology of Blinding Cornea and External Diseases in the Developing World 183
Trachoma 184
Onchocerciasis 184
Childhood Blindness 185
Ocular Trauma and Corneal Ulceration 186
Epidemiology of Blinding Cornea and External Diseases in the Developed World 188
Part 2: Clinical Topics
Section 4: Infectious Diseases
17. Corneal Microbiology 195
Onsiri Thanathanee, Terrence P O’Brien
Reaction of the Cornea to Infectious Process 195
Associated Factors 196
Laboratory Diagnosis 197
Bacteriology 202
Virology 206
Mycology 208
Parasitology 209
18. Ophthalmia Neonatorum 214
Janine Smith-Marshall
Differential Diagnosis of Ophthalmia Neonatorum 214
Diagnostic Techniques 216
Prophylaxis and Prevention 217
Contents xxix
19. Bacterial Conjunctivitis 219
Brad H Feldman
Epidemiology 219
Host Defenses 220
Acute Conjunctivitis 220
Hyperacute Conjunctivitis 224
Chronic Conjunctivitis 225
20. Bacterial Keratitis 229
Francis Mah
Clinical Features 230
Diagnostic Techniques 231
Treatment 232
21. Ocular Antibiotics 238
Yannis M Paulus,Christopher N Ta
Brief History of Antibiotics 238
Indications for Ocular Antibiotics 240
Classes of Ocular Antibiotics 243
Antibiotic Resistance 246
Antibacterial Concepts 247
22. Viral Conjunctivitis 251
Stephanie Jones Marioneaux
Adenoviruses 252
Epstein Barr Virus 259
Cytomegalovirus 259
Poxviridae 259
Molluscum Contagiosum 260
Rna Viruses 260
23. Viral Keratitis 265
Bilal Faiz Khan
Viral Keratitis 265
Herpes Virus 265
Congenital and Neonatal Ocular Herpes Simplex 266
Primary Ocular Herpes Simplex Infections 266
Recurrent Ocular Herpes Infection 269
Blepharoconjunctivitis 269
Episcleritis and Scleritis 269
xxx Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Epithelial Keratitis: Dendritic and Geographical 270
Epithelial Trophic (Metaherpetic) Ulceration 271
Stromal Keratitis 272
Herpes Simplex Virus Iridocyclitis 274
Varicella-Zoster Virus 275
Iridocyclitis 277
Postherpetic Neuralgia (Phn) 277
Adenoviral Keratoconjunctivitis 278
Molluscum Contagiosum 279
Enterovirus and Coxsackievirus Conjunctivitis 280
Paramyxovirus 280
Togavirus 280
24. Antiviral Medications in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 284
Lisa M Nijm
Viral Replication 284
Antiviral Medications in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 286
Other Antiviral Medications 292
25. Fungal Keratitis 295
Bozorgmehr Pouyeh, Anat Galor, Darlene Miller, Eduardo C Alfonso
Classification 295
Pathogenesis 295
Epidemiology 297
Clinical Features and Diagnosis 297
Medical Treatment 301
26. Parasitic Keratitis and Conjunctivitis 309
Fahd Anzaar, Joseph Tauber
Infections Caused by Protozoa 309
Infections Caused by Nematodes 318
Infections Caused by Cestodes 327
Infections Caused by Trematodes 329
Infections Associated with Arthropods 330
27. Chlamydial Keratitis and Conjunctivitis 346
Marie-Claude Robert, Mona Harissi-Dagher, Mounir Bashour
Microbiology 346
Clinical Syndromes 349
Contents xxxi
28. Interstitial Keratitis 365
Robert S Weinberg
Clinical Findings 365
Causes of Interstitial Keratitis 366
Bacterial Interstitial Keratitis 366
Section 5: Immunologic Disease
29. Ocular Allergy 377
Mitchell H Friedlaender
Immunologic Mechanisms 377
30. Cicatrizing Conjunctivitis 387
Benyamin Y Ebrahim, Mohit Mehtani, Salim Butrus
Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid Overview 387
Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid 387
Immunopathogenesis 387
Stevens Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis Overview 394
Immunopathogenesis 395
Paraneoplastic Conjunctival Cicatrization 399
Pseudopemphigoid 399
31. Phlyctenular Keratoconjunctivitis 404
Mona A Kaleem, Robert A Copeland Jr
Etiology 404
Clinical Presentation 405
Differential Diagnosis 406
Histology 406
Management 406
32. Peripheral Ulcerative Keratitis 409
Jocelyn A Rowe, Neal P Barney
Epidemiology 409
Pathogenesis 409
Clinical Signs and Symptoms 410
Differential Diagnosis 411
Evaluation 412
Treatment 413
xxii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
33. Scleritis and Episcleritis 417
Daniel V Vasconcelos-Santos, Carlos E Pavesio
Anatomic Background 417
Classification of Scleral Inflammatory Disorders 418
Epidemiology 418
Clinical Presentation 418
Diagnosis 421
Differential Diagnosis 422
Immunopathology 422
Treatment 424
Prognosis 426
Section 6: Ocular Surface Disease
34. Limbal Stem Cells, Biology and Pathogenesis in Ocular Surface Disease 433
Siamak Zarei-Ghanavati, Sophie X Deng
Limbal Stem Cells 433
Limbal Stem Cell Markers 434
Limbal Stem Cell Regulation 435
Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 435
35. Dry Eye 440
John D Sheppard, Kevin M Bowman
Epidemiology 440
Risk Factors 440
Symptoms 443
Diagnosis 443
Classification 445
Pathophysiology 446
Treatment 447
Complications 451
36. Nutritional Factors and the Ocular Surface 456
Deval R Paranjpe
Vitamin A and Global Consequences of Vitamin A Deficiency 456
Dietary Intake and Storage of Vitamin A 456
Sources of Vitamin A 457
Causes and Epidemiology of Vitamin A Deficiency in Low Income Versus High Income Populations 457
Contents xxxiThe Role of Other Vitamins in Dry Eye 459
Lipids and Ocular Surface Health 460
Meibomian Gland Dysfunction and Evaporative Dry Eye 460
Role of Lipids in Dry Eye, Ocular Surface Injury, Corneal Nerve Injury and Repair 461
Classification of Fatty Acids—A Brief Review 462
Omega-3 Fatty Acid Supplementation 463
Other Fatty Acid Supplements 465
37. Sjögren’s Syndrome 469
Salman J Yousuf, Janine A Clayton
Epidemiology 469
Pathogenesis 469
Diagnosis 470
Ocular Manifestations 470
Extraocular Manifestations 471
Management 472
38. Ocular Surface Disease in Glaucoma 475
Ruben Kuruvilla, Penny Asbell
Ocular Surface Disease in Glaucoma Patients 475
Use Of Preservatives in Ocular Medications 476
Bimolecular Changes Associated with Preservatives 477
Cellular Changes Associated with Preservatives 477
Adverse Events from Active Agents themselves 479
Impact of Ocular Surface Disease on Treatment and Compliance 479
Preserved Versus Preservative-Free Therapy 479
39. Blepharitis and Meibomian Gland Dysfunction 482
Hugo Y Hsu, Ronald E Smith
Classification 482
Anterior Blepharitis: Staphylococcal Disease 484
Posterior Blepharitis: Meibomian Gland Dysfunction 487
40. Recurrent Corneal Erosion Syndrome 497
Roy Scott Rubinfeld, Animesh Petkar
Pathophysiology 497
Diagnosis 498
Medical Treatment 498
Surgical Treatment 500
xxiv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
41. Superior Limbic Keratoconjunctivitis 509
David J Harris Jr
History 509
Epidemiology 510
Clinical Findings 510
Diagnosis 511
Pathogenesis 512
Treatment 512
42. Ligneous Conjunctivitis 515
Naima Jacobs-El, Robert A Copeland Jr
Etiology, Pathogenesis and Histopathology 515
Epidemiology 515
Clinical Findings 515
Differential Diagnosis 516
Treatment 516
43. Eye Disorders Associated with Dermatological Diseases 519
Omar N Qutub, Rebat M Halder
Bullous Dermatoses 519
Hypersensitivity Disorders 523
Eczematous Dermatoses 526
Histiocytic and Granulomatous Disorders 527
Neoplastic Cutaneous Diseases and Proliferations 528
Errors in Metabolism 530
Connective Tissue Disorders 532
Pigmentary/Melanocytic Disorders 533
Genodermatoses 535
44. Thygeson’s Superficial Punctate Keratitis 545
Daniel N Skorich
History 545
Clinical Features 545
Differential Diagnosis 546
Pathogenesis and Laboratory 547
Treatment 547
Appendix A 548
Contents xxxv
45. Filamentary Keratitis 551
Saima M Qureshi, Robert A Copeland Jr
Histopathology/Pathogenesis 552
Management 554
Recent Management Research 556
46. Climatic Droplet Keratopathy 559
Khalid F Tabbara, Hind M Alkatan
Clinical Findings 559
Histopathology and Electron Microscopy 561
Proteomic Analysis and Pathogenesis 562
Prevention and Management 565
47. Neurotrophic Keratitis 567
Kavita Rao
Pathophysiology 568
Clinical Presentation 568
Differential Diagnosis 570
Treatment 571
48. Dacryoadenitis 574
Claude L Cowan Jr
49. Immunotherapy for Ocular Surface Diseases and Graft Rejection 580
Takefumi Yamaguchi, Pedram Hamrah
Ocular Surface Disease 580
Allergic Conjunctivitis 583
Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis 585
Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid 587
Corneal Graft Rejection 589
Section 7: Metabolic and Congenital Disease
50. Metabolic Diseases and Congenital Abnormalities Affecting the Ocular Surface 601
Wadih M Zein, Maryam Mokhtarzadeh
Cystinosis 601
Tyrosinemia 602
Alkaptonuria 603
Amyloidosis 603
Gout 604
xxvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Xeroderma Pigmentosum 605
Systemic Mucopolysaccharidoses 605
Mucolipidoses 606
51. Metabolic Disorders of the Cornea 622
Stephen G Odaibo, Nikisha Q Richards, Robert A Copeland Jr
Diabetes Mellitus 622
Mucopolysaccharidoses 626
Lipidoses 630
Dyslipoproteinemia 636
Porphyria 638
Cystinosis 639
Alkaptonuria 641
Amyloidoses 642
Serum Copper Abnormalities 643
Calcium 644
Gold 646
52. Corneal Conditions Associated with Glaucoma 654
Leslie S Jones, Bashira A Charles
Congenital Conditions Affecting Corneal Dimensions 654
Section 8: Conjunctival Corneal Dysplasia and Malignancy
53. Conjunctival and Corneal Neoplasms 671
Harmeet S Gill, Devron H Char, Tia B Cole
Preliminary 671
Section 1 Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of Epithelium 672
Risk Factors 673
Conjunctival Intraepithelial Neoplasia 675
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 676
Other Conjunctival Epithelial Tumors 676
Corneal Epithelial Tumors 677
Pigmented Conjunctival Epithelial Tumors 677
Section 2 Melanocytic Tumors of Conjunctival Epithelium 677
Conjunctival Melanocytic Nevus 678
Primary Acquired Melanosis 678
Malignant Melanoma 679
Contents xxxvMasquerading Lesions 680
Section 3 Lymphoproliferative Conjunctival Lesions 681
Reactive Lymphoid Hyperplasia 682
Mucosa-Associated Lymphoid Tissue Lymphoma 682
Other Types of Lymphoma 682
Evaluation of Conjunctival Lymphoproliferative Lesions 682
Classification of Lymphoproliferative Lesions 682
Management of Conjunctival Lymphoma 683
Section 4 Other Lymphoid, Leukemic and Histiocytic Conjunctival Lesions 684
Leukemia 684
Histiocytic Tumors 684
Section 5 Secondary and Metastatic Lesions 685
Sebaceous Cell Carcinoma 685
Metastatic Tumors 685
Section 6 Adnexal Lesions 686
Section 7 Management of Conjunctival Tumors 686
Surgical Treatment of Conjunctival Tumors 687
Map Biopsy Technique 689
Nonsurgical Treatment of Conjunctival Tumors 689
Section 9: Trauma
54. Chemical Trauma 699
Roswell R Pfister
Epidemiology 699
Classification of Injuries 700
Major Chemical Differences Between Alkali, Acid and Toxic Injury of the Eye 700
55. Trauma of the Anterior Segment 714
Toby YB Chan, Iqbal Ike K Ahmed
Clinical Evaluation 714
General Precautions 715
Anesthesia 715
Iris Repair and Reconstruction 715
Iridodialysis Repair 718
Iris or Pupil Repair (Pupilloplasty) 721
Iris Prosthesis 728
xviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Ciliary Body Trauma and Reconstruction 730
Lens and Zonule Trauma and Surgical Approaches 732
Approach for Traumatic Cataracts 735
Approach for Subluxed Crystalline Lens 738
Approach for Iol Subluxation 739
56. Physical Trauma of the Cornea 749
Mikelson MomPremier, Robert A Copeland Jr
Pathophysiology and Microscopy 749
Management 750
Prognosis 755
Section 10: Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations
57. Anterior Corneal Dystrophies: Dystrophies of the Epithelium,
Epithelial Basement Membrane and Bowman’s Layer 761
Mark D Sherman
Epithelial Basement Membrane Dystrophy 761
Epithelial Recurrent Erosion Dystrophy 762
Subepithelial Mucinous Corneal Dystrophy (Smcd) 763
Meesmann Corneal Dystrophy 763
Lisch Epithelial Corneal Dystrophy 764
Gelatinous Drop-Like Corneal Dystrophy 765
Reis-Buckler’s Corneal Dystrophy 766
Thiel-Behnke Corneal Dystrophy 766
Grayson-Wilbrandt Corneal Dystrophy 767
58. Stromal Corneal Dystrophies 769
Jayne S Weiss, Michael Mequio, Michael Coleman
The Ic3d and Tgfbi Corneal Dystrophies 769
Granular Corneal Dystrophy 773
59. Posterior Corneal Dystrophies 792
Jessica Chow, Natalie A Afshari
Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy 792
Posterior Polymorphous Corneal Dystrophy 796
Congenital Hereditary Endothelial Dystrophy 799
X-Linked Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy 801
Contents xxxi60. Corneal and Conjunctival Degenerations 805
Ninita Helen Brown, Robert A Copeland Jr
Conjunctiva 805
Epithelium and Subepithelium 806
Central Stroma 807
Peripheral Stroma 808
Postinflammation 810
Endothelial 813
Iron Lines 813
61. Ectatic Diseases of the Cornea: Keratoconus, Pellucid Marginal Degeneration and
Keratoglobus 819
Stephen S Khachikian, Michael W Belin
Keratoconus 819
Pellucid Marginal Degeneration 826
Keratoglobus 828
Section 11: Corneal and Conjunctival Manifestations of
Dietary Deficiencies
62. Nutritional Deficiencies Affecting the Cornea and Conjunctiva 835
Mohit Mehtani, Benyamin Y Ebrahim, Salim I Butrus
Prevalence, Mortality and Morbidity 835
Physiology and Metabolism of Vitamin A 835
Pathogenesis of Conjunctival and Corneal Disease 837
Night Blindness (Xn) 837
Conjunctival Xerosis (X1A) 837
Bitot’s Spots (X1b) 838
Corneal Xerosis (X2) 838
Keratomalacia (X3) 838
Corneal Scar (Xs) 839
Prevention and Treatment of Vad 839
Other Nutrient Deficiencies 840
xl Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Section 12: Contact Lenses
63. Contact Lenses in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 845
Peter C Donshik, William H Ehlers
Indications 845
Corneal Epithelial Disorders 846
Corneal Ulcerations/ Perforations/Lacerations 849
Corneal Edema 849
Surgical Indications 850
Disorders of the Ocular Surface 850
Irregular Corneal Surface 852
Prosthetic Soft Contact Lenses 852
Drug Delivery 853
New Developments 853
Complications of Therapeutic Contact Lenses 853
64. PROSE Treatment for Ocular Surface Disease 856
Deborah S Jacobs, James A Bradley, Hong-Gam Le
History of Scleral Lenses and Principles of Design for Physiological Tolerance 856
Definition of a Scleral Lens 856
Prose Treatment 857
Section 13: Emerging Innovation
65. Gene Therapy in the Cornea: Principles and Promise 865
Rajiv R Mohan, Jason T Rodier 865
History of Gene Therapy 865
Advantages of Gene Therapy over Conventional Drug Therapy 866
The Cornea: An Ideal Tissue for Gene Therapy 866
Gene Therapy Vectors 866
Cell and Tissue Targeting 878
An Overview of Corneal Gene Therapy Studies 878
66. Biosynthetic Alternatives to Human Donor Tissue 887
May Griffith, Lucia Kuffova, John Forrester, Neil Lagali, Per Fagerholm,
Nerea Garagorri Gantxegui, Thomas Fuchsluger
The Case for Regenerative Medicine Approaches for Corneal Transplantation 887
The Cornea as a Research Model 888
Keratoprostheses with Regenerative Capacity 888
Cell-Free Scaffolds for Promoting Corneal Regeneration 889
Contents xli
Section 14: Cornea Surgery
67. History of Cornea Surgery 901
Daoud S Fahd, Norma Allemann, Wallace Chamon, Dimitri T Azar
History of Keratoplasty 901
History of Refractive Surgery 908
Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 911
Appendix 911
Section 15: Corneal, Scleral and Conjunctival Surgery:
Supportive and Protective
68. Ophthalmic Applications of Tissue Adhesives in Anterior Segment Surgery 919
Brian Alder, Terry Kim
Cyanoacrylate- and Fibrin-based Adhesives 919
Ophthalmic Uses of Cyanoacrylate- and Fibrin-based Tissue Adhesives 920
Novel Tissue Adhesives 923
69. Conjunctival Flaps 927
Anne S Steiner, Ira J Udell
Indications 927
Peripheral Corneal Disease 928
Disadvantages 928
Technique 929
Postoperative Care 930
Complications 930
70. Scleral Transplantation: Supportive and Protective 932
Frank W Bowden III
Scleral Graft 932
Anesthesia Options 933
Scleral Graft Techniques 934
Amniotic Membrane 939
Fascia Lata 939
Periosteum 939
Volume 2
xlii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Pericardium 940
Dura Mater 940
Split Thickness Dermal Graft 940
Other Materials 940
Section 16: Ocular Surface Rehabilitation
71. Corneal and Conjunctival Foreign Bodies 945
Larry Ferdinand, Vanessa Ngakeng
Clinical Findings and Evaluation 945
Pathogenesis 946
Management 946
Rust Rings 947
Removal of Corneal Foreign Bodies in Lasik Patients 947
Removal of Corneal Foreign Body through a Lamellar Corneal Pocket 947
Treatment 947
Follow-Up 948
Complications 948
Prognosis 948
72. Superficial Keratectomy and Epithelial Debridement 949
Julian A Procope
History 949
Indications 949
Technique 951
Complications 953
73 Limbal Dermoid 954
Charles S Bouchard, Samir Vira
Epidemiology 954
Clinical Features 954
Histopathology 956
Etiology/Pathogenesis 956
Differential Diagnosis 956
Management 956
74. Evaluation and Management of Eyelid and Eyelash Malposition for the
Anterior Segment Surgeon 959
Salman J Yousuf, Earl D Kidwell
Keratopathy due to Eyelid Malposition 959
Keratopathy due to Eyelash Malposition 962
Contents xliii
75. Pterygium Surgery 965
Alfred L Anduze
Pathogenesis 965
Pathology 966
Prevention 966
Surgery 967
Complications 972
Adjuvant Therapies 975
76. Amniotic Membrane Transplantation 979
Soosan Jacob, Amar Agarwal
Embryology 979
Anatomy of the Amniotic Membrane 979
Physiology of Amniotic Membrane 979
Preparation of Amniotic Membrane 979
Role of Amniotic Membrane in Ophthalmology 980
Corneal Uses 980
Conjunctival Uses 984
Tissue Cultured Human Amniotic Epithelial Cells 989
Amniotic Membrane Substrate for Ex Vivo Expansion of Limbal Stem Cells 989
77. Limbal Stem Cell Transplantation 991
Justin D Aaker, Andrew J W Huang
Removal of Abnormal Tissue by Superficial Keratectomy 991
Other Surgical Techniques for Ocular Surface Reconstruction 997
Management of Limbal Stem Cell Transplants 998
78. Autologous Ex Vivo Cultivated Limbal Epithelial Transplantation 1001
Sayan Basu, Virender S Sangwan
Ocular Burns, Limbus, Stem Cells and Therapy 1001
Indications for Autologous Limbal Transplantation 1002
Preoperative Clinical Assessment and Counseling 1003
Technique of Limbal Biopsy 1003
Technique of Limbal Culture 1003
Technique of Limbal Transplantation 1004
Postoperative Management 1004
Clinical Outcomes of Cultivated Limbal Transplantation 1004
xliv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
79. Modern Eye Banking: Advances and Challenges 1011
Jon A Konti, Prashant Garg, John J Requard, Jonathan H Lass
History of Eye Banking 1011
Growth and Trends in Tissue Utilization 1012
Donor Tissue Selection 1012
Tissue Retrieval 1015
Tissue Evaluation 1016
Tissue Preparation for Descemet Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1018
Storage Media 1019
Other Tissue Preparations 1023
International Eye Banking 1026
Financial and Legal Considerations in Eye Banking 1028
Future Threats in Eye Banking 1033
80. Penetrating Keratoplasty: Surgical Techniques and Pre- and Postoperative Care 1037
John W Cowden
Indications for Penetrating Keratoplasty 1037
Donor Tissue 1037
Discussing Penetrating Keratoplasty with the Patient 1039
The Operative Procedure 1039
Recipient Procedure 1040
Postoperative Care 1044
Combined Procedures with Penetrating Keratoplasty 1045
Intraoperative Complications 1046
Early Postoperative Complications 1047
Late Complications 1047
Making the Decision to Perform Repeat Penetrating Keratoplasty 1048
81. Management of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1050
Lorenzo J Cervantes, Alex Mammen, Wan Xiao, Deepinder K Dhaliwal
Preoperative Factors 1050
Intraoperative Factors 1050
Postoperative Considerations 1053
82. Glaucoma Surgery in Penetrating and Nonpenetrating Keratoplasty Patients 1063
Oluwatosin Smith, Davinder Grover
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1063
Descemet’s Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1064
Keratoprosthesis 1065
Refractive Surgery 1066
Surgical Approach 1066
Contents xlv
83 Pediatric Corneal Transplant Surgery 1072
Gerald W Zaidman
Indications 1072
Surgery 1073
Surgical Technique 1075
Postoperative Management 1076
Results 1077
84. DLEK, DSAEK, DSEK, DMEK 1079
Marianne O Price, Francis W Price, Arundhati Anshu
Indications and Contraindications 1080
Descemet’s Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty/Descemet’s
Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1082
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1086
Descemet’s Membrane Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty 1086
85. Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty (DMEK) 1091
Isabel Dapena, Vasilios S Liarakos, Martin Dirisamer, Miguel Naveiras, Ru-Yin Yeh, Ruth Quilendrino,
Konstantinos Droutsas, Kyros Moutsouris, Marieke Bruinsma, Gerrit RJ Melles
Preoperative Preparation of the Dmek Graft 1092
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty Surgical Technique 1092
Visual Rehabilitation Rate and Refractive Outcome 1097
Endothelial Cell Density and Graft Survival 1097
Complications 1097
Descemet Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty and Cataract 1102
Future Perspectives 1102
86. Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1107
David D Verdier
History 1107
Patient and Procedure Selection 1107
Establish Realistic Expectations 1108
Donor Tissue Selection 1109
Surgical Venue and Anesthesia 1109
Surgical Steps in Dalk: Big-Bubble Technique 1109
Alternative Technique to Big-Bubble Dalk: Manual Dissection 1114
Postoperative Care 1115
Long-Term Prognosis 1116
xlvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
87. Intacs Intracorneal Ring Segments and Keratoconus 1118
Adel Barbara, Lamis Abdel Aziz, Ramez Barbara
Intacs in Corneas with Suspected Keratoconus 1120
Intacs and Keratoconus 1120
Operation Techniques 1123
Complications 1132
Histology and Deposits 1136
Additional Procedures to Enhance Intacs’ Effects 1138
Intacs Compared with other Surgical Procedures 1141
New Design of Intacs: Intacs Sk 1143
Intacs and other Ectatic Diseases of the Cornea 1145
88. UVA-light and Riboflavin Mediated Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 1155
Erik Letko, William B Trattler, Roy S Rubinfeld
Uva-light and Riboflavin 1156
89. Phototherapeutic Keratectomy 1165
John W Josephson, Jay M Lustbader
Candidacy 1165
Clinical Uses 1165
Results 1167
Contraindications and Complications 1167
Surgical Technique 1167
Future Trends 1168
90. Keratoprosthesis Surgery 1170
Gina M Rogers, Kenneth M Goins
Preoperative Evaluation 1170
Types of Keratoprosthesis 1172
Outcomes of Keratoprostheses 1177
Complications and Considerations 1177
91. Infant Keratoprosthesis 1183
James V Aquavella, Garrick Chak
Historical Perspective 1185
Our Team 1186
Surgical Procedure 1186
Device Assembly 1187
Postoperative Care 1190
Complications 1191
Results 1192
Contents xlvii
92. Boston Keratoprosthesis in the Management of Limbal Stem Cell Failure 1194
Christina R Prescott, James Chodosh
Limbal Stem Cell Failure and Ocular Surface Disease 1194
Keratoprosthesis Implantation for Severe Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1197
Postoperative Care following Boston Keratoprosthesis in Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1198
Complications 1198
Visual Outcomes after Boston Keratoprosthesis in Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1199
93. Preoperative Considerations: Patient Selection and Evaluation 1202
Naazli M Shaikh, Stephen C Kaufman, Jamal M Mohsin
Selecting the Right Keratorefractive Procedure 1203
Systemic Considerations 1203
Ocular Considerations 1205
Refractive Intraocular Lenses 1210
94. Preoperative Considerations: Corneal Topography 1213
Stephen D Klyce, Edgar M Espana, George O Waring IV
Development of the Corneal Topographer 1213
Corneal Topography Displays and Scales 1214
Corneal Topographer Displays 1215
Quantitative Descriptors of Corneal Topography 1216
Corneal Topography and Tear Film 1219
Normal Corneal Topographic Parameters and Deviation from the Normal 1219
Adjunct Screening Tools 1225
Corneal Topographers and Corneal Tomographers 1228
Tomography Elevation Maps 1229
95. Radial Keratotomy 1231
John B Cason, Kerry Assil
History 1231
Technique 1232
Results 1233
Predictability 1233
PERK Study 1234
Other RK Studies 1235
Retreatments 1235
96. Conductive Keratoplasty 1238
George O Waring IV, Carolyn A Bates, Jason E Stahl
Conductive Keratoplasty 1238
Histology 1238
lviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Conductive Keratoplasty Treatment 1239
Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1243
97. Incisional Surgery for Natural and Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1246
Matthew D Council
Patient Selection 1246
Preoperative Measurements 1246
Nomograms 1247
Technique 1248
Complications 1250
Future Directions 1250
98. Shaping the Future and Reshaping the Past: The Art of Vision Surgery 1252
Arun C Gulani
History of Lamellar Refractive Surgery (Keratomileusis and Automated Lamellar Keratoplasty) 1252
Gulani Cardinal Rules for Refractive Surgeons 1253
Gulani Classification for Previous Refractive Surgery 1254
99. Intrastromal Corneal Implants for the Treatment of Presbyopia 1274
George O Waring, Stephen D Klyce
Kamratm Small Aperture Inlay 1276
Vue+ Space Occupying Inlay 1277
Flexivue Microlens Annular Add Lenticule 1277
Implanting Corneal Inlays 1278
Potential Complications and Management 1279
100. Excimer Laser Surface Ablation: Photorefractive Keratectomy and
Laser Subepithelial Keratomileusis 1280
Gitane Patel
History 1280
Excimer Laser 1280
Prk, Lasik and Lasek 1280
Preoperative Management 1281
Technique 1281
Postoperative Management 1281
Outcomes 1282
Mitomycin C 1282
Monovision 1282
Photorefractive Keratectomy after Previous Corneal Surgery 1282
Complications 1282
Contents xlix
101. LASIK Instrumentation: Microkeratomes, Excimer Lasers and
Wavefront Analyzers 1286
Fasika Woreta, Yassine J Daoud, Kraig S Bower
Microkeratomes 1286
Excimer Laser 1294
102. LASIK Techniques and Outcomes 1299
Andrea Cruzat, Roberto Pineda
Techniques: Mechanical Microkeratome Versus Laser Keratome 1300
Outcomes 1305
103. LASIK Outcomes in Astigmatism 1313
John J DeStafeno, John P Berdahl
Definitions 1313
History 1313
Lasik Treatment of Astigmatism 1315
Astigmatic Axis of Correction 1316
Lasik in Irregular Astigmatism 1317
Lasik after Penetrating Keratoplasty 1317
Lasik Compared to Phakic Toric Implanted Collamer Lens 1317
Excimer Laser Outcomes in Correction of Astigmatism 1318
104. Lasik Combined with Other Procedures 1321
John B Cason
On-Flap Photorefractive Keratectomy 1321
Phakic Intraocular Lenses 1322
Posterior Chamber Intraocular Lens 1322
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1323
105. Wavefront-Guided Custom LASIK and LASEK: Techniques and Outcomes 1326
John P Berdahl
Optical Considerations 1326
Wavefront Basics 1327
Interpreting Wavefronts 1329
106. LASIK Complications 1334
Mark E Whitten
Lasik Preoperative Complications 1334
Lasik Operative Complications 1337
Lasik Postoperative Complications 1340
l Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
107. Corneal Applications of Ultrashort Pulse Laser 1346
Mohamed Abou Shousha, Sonia H Yoo
Ultrashort Pulse Laser Technology and Laser-Tissue Interaction 1346
Femtosecond Laser Lasik Flap Creation 1347
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1349
Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1350
Endothelial Keratoplasty 1351
Astigmatic Keratectomy 1352
Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Placement of Intrastromal Corneal Ring Segment 1352
Femtosecond Lenticule Extraction and Small Incision Lenticule Extraction 1352
Other Novel Femtosecond Laser Applications in Corneal Surgeries 1353
108. Lens Power Calculations in the Postkeratorefractive Eye 1356
R Duncan Johnson, Uday Devgan
Sources of Error in Calculations 1356
Methods for Estimating Effective Central Corneal Power 1358
Aphakic Calculation Methods 1362
Intraocular Lens Choice Considerations 1363
109. Light-Adjustable Lenses Postcorneal Refractive Surgery 1365
Guillermo Rocha, Zale D Mednick
Basic Concepts in Iol Calculation 1365
Iol Calculation after Corneal Refractive Surgery 1366
Light-Adjustable Lens Technology 1368
Light-Adjustable Lens Postrefractive Surgery 1370
Section 17: Femtosecond Laser Applications in
Anterior Segment Surgery
110. Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
John P Berdahl
History of Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
Advanced Iols 1380
Advantages to Surgeons 1380
Postoperative Outcomes 1380
Future of Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1381
Contents li
111. Femtosecond Laser Lens Fragmentation 1382
David Smadja, Ronald R Krueger
Introduction and Concept of Lens Fragmentation 1382
History and Techniques of Phacoemulsification Ultrasound Fragmentation 1382
Current Limitations of Ultrasound Fragmentation 1383
Introduction of Laser Lens Fragmentation 1383
Technical Considerations for Laser-Assisted Fragmentation 1384
Early Clinical Results 1387
112. Femtosecond Laser Presbyopia Correction 1389
Mike P Holzer
The Intracor Procedure 1389
Evaluation of the Intracor Procedure—2-Year Follow-Up Data 1390
Steps for Performing the Intracor Procedure 1390
Results 1392
Working Principle 1393
Patient Selection and Managing Expectations 1393
113. Wound Creation 1395
Brett P Bielory, Terrence J Doherty, James C Loden, George O Waring IV, Richard M Awdeh
The Science of the Femtosecond Laser 1395
Application of Femtosecond Technology in Ophthalmology 1395
Laser Settings and Techniques 1397
Top-Hat-Shaped Grafts 1398
Zigzag-Shaped Grafts 1399
Mushroom-Shaped Grafts 1399
Historical Corneal Incisions for Cataract Surgery 1400
Benefit of Using The Fs Laser for Wound Creation 1401
114. Femtosecond Refractive Lenticule Extraction and Small
Incision Lenticule Extraction 1405
Karim Mohamed-Noriega, Jodhbir S Mehta
Femtosecond Laser 1405
Indications 1406
Preoperative Assessment and Follow-Up 1406
Surgical Procedure 1407
Basic Science 1410
Clinical Outcomes 1412
Refractive Lenticule Extraction (Flex and Smile) 1414
lii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Side Effects 1417
Advantages and Disadvantages of Relex Over Lasik 1417
Future Prospects and Developments 1418
115. Femtosecond Laser Keratoplasty 1421
Marjan Farid, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Roger F Steinert
Patient Selection and Preoperative Evaluation 1422
Graft Cutting and Surgery 1422
Review of Recent Outcomes 1423
Femtosecond Laser Assisted Lamellar Keratoplasty 1425
116. Femtosecond Laser Enabled Correction of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1427
Nikhil L Kumar, David S Rootman
The Principles of Astigmatic Keratotomy Postkeratoplasty 1427
Femtosecond Enabled Astigmatic Keratotomy (Feak) Post Keratoplasty 1428
Results 1429
Complications 1430
117. Complications of Femtosecond Laser Procedures 1437
George D Kymionis, Vardhaman P Kankariya
Complications 1437
Section 18: Corneal Instrumentation
118. Corneal Instrumentation 1447
Ying Qian, Bennie H Jeng
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1447
Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1452
Descemet’s Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1454
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1458
Femtosecond Laser Assisted Corneal Surgery 1458
Section 19: Appendix
119. Surgical Procedure Guidelines
 Physical Trauma of the Cornea 1463
Mikelson MomPremier, Robert A Copeland Jr
Procedural Steps for the Repair of Corneal Lacerations 1463
Contents liii
 Conjunctival Flaps 1464
Anne S Steiner, Ira J Udell
 Scleral Transplantation: Supportive and Protective 1465
Frank W Bowden III
Sutureless Repair of Conjunctival Erosion Associated with Scleral Resorption following Tube Shunt
Surgery 1465
 Superficial Keratectomy and Epithelial Debridement 1466
Julian A Procope
Instrumentation 1466
Procedure Technique 1466
 Evaluation and Management of Eyelid and Eyelash Malposition
for the Anterior Segment Surgeon 1467
Salman J Yousuf, Earl D Kidwell
 Pterygium Surgery 1469
Alfred L Anduze
Conjunctival Flaps Procedure for Pterygium Surgery 1469
 Amniotic Membrane Transplantation 1470
Soosan Jacob, Amar Agarwal
 Autologous Ex Vivo Cultivated Limbal Epithelial Transplantation 1471
Sayan Basu, Virender S Sangwan
Technique of Limbal Biopsy 1471
Technique of Limbal Culture 1471
Technique of Limbal Transplantation 1471
Postoperative Management 1471
 Penetrating Keratoplasty: Surgical Techniques and Pre- and Postoperative Care 1473
John W Cowden
Penetrating Keratoplasty: Summary of Operation 1473
 Glaucoma Surgery in Penetrating and Nonpenetrating Keratoplasty Patients 1475
Oluwatosin Smith, Davinder Grover
Trabeculectomy (Fornix-Based Approach) 1475
Trabeculectomy (Limbus-Based Approach) 1475
Glaucoma Drainage Devices 1476
liv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
 Pediatric Corneal Transplant Surgery 1477
Gerald W Zaidman
Surgical Technique 1477
 DLEK, DSAEK, DSEK, DMEK 1478
Marianne O Price, Francis W Price, Arundhati Anshu
 Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1480
Isabel Dapena, Vasilios S Liarakos, Martin Dirisamer, Miguel Naveiras, Ru-Yin Yeh, Ruth Quilendrino,
Konstantinos Droutsas, Kyros Moutsouris, Marieke Bruinsma, Gerrit RJ Melles
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty Surgical Steps 1480
 Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1481
David D Verdier
 UVA-light and Riboflavin Mediated Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 1482
Erik Letko, William B Trattler, Roy S Rubinfeld
 Phototherapeutic Keratectomy 1483
John W Josephson, Jay M Lustbader
Phototherapeutic Keratectomy Procedure 1483
 Boston Keratoprosthesis in the Management of Limbal Stem Cell Failure 1484
Kenneth M Goins
Boston Keratoprosthesis Type I Surgery: Step by Step Surgical Preparation 1484
 Radial Keratotomy 1486
John B Cason, Kerry K Assil
 Incisional Surgery for Natural and Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1487
Matthew D Council
 Excimer Laser Surface Ablation: Photorefractive Keratectomy and
Laser Subepithelial Keratomileusis 1488
Noel Rosado-Adames
 LASIK Technique with the Mechanical Microkeratome Hansatome 1489
Roberto Pineda, Andrea Cruzat
 Light Adjustable Lenses Post Corneal Refractive Surgery 1491
Guillermo Rocha, Zale D Mednick
Light Adjustable Lens Technology 1491
Contents lv
 Femtosecond Refractive Lenticule Extraction and Small
Incision Lenticule Extraction 1496
Karim Mohamed-Noriega, Jodhbir S Mehta
Common ReLEx, FLEx and SMILE Steps (First-half Shared Steps) 1496
FLEx Specific Steps (Second-half Steps) 1496
SMILE Specific Steps (Second-half Steps) 1496
 Femtosecond Laser Keratoplasty 1497
Marjan Farid, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Roger F Steinert
Graft Cutting and Surgery 1497
 Femtosecond Laser Enabled Correction of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1498
Nikhil L Kumar, David S Rootman
 Corneal Instrumentation for Femtosecond Laser
Enabled Penetrating Keratoplasty 1499
Ying Qian, Bennie H Jeng
Donor Cornea Laser Resection with Femtosecond Laser 1499
Recipient Cornea Laser Resection with Femtosecond Laser 1499
 Index I-i -xxiv
                        
                         9789350901724
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32416">Place Hold on <em>Copeland and Afshari's principles and practice of cornea Vol.01</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32416</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Copeland and Afsharis principles and practice of cornea, Vol.01






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32417</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Copeland, Robert A, Ed.; Afshari, Natalie A, Ed.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2013
                        
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32417">Place Hold on <em>Copeland and Afsharis principles and practice of cornea, Vol.01</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32417</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Copeland and Afshari's Principles and practice of cornea Vol.02






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:9789350901724</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32418</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Copeland, Robert A, Ed.; Afshari, Natalie A, Ed.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2013
                        
                        , Section 1: Basic Science
1. Basic Structure and Function of the Human Cornea and Adnexal Structures 3
Sina John Sabet, Chrysavgi Adamopoulou
Gross Anatomy of the Cornea 3
Epithelium 4
The Tear Film 6
Bowman’s Membrane 7
Stroma 7
Descemet’s Membrane 8
Endothelium 8
Limbus 9
Sclera 10
Conjunctiva 10
Eyelids 12
2. Corneal Embryology 16
Hon-Vu Q Duong
Histology 16
Embryology 18
3. The Human Cornea: Basic Structure and Function 26
Hon-Vu Q Duong
Corneal Epithelium 26
Bowman’s Membrane 30
Corneal Stroma 31
Descemet’s Membrane 33
Corneal Pharmacology 40
Volume 1
xxvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
4. Basic Immunology 43
Behrad Y Milani, Mercede Majdi, Majid A Moarefi, Ali R Djalilian
Overview of Immune Response 43
Cellular Components of the Immune Response 43
Soluble Mediators/Receptors of Inflammation 46
Cell-Mediated Immune Response 48
Humoral Immune Response 50
Hypersensitivity Reactions 51
The Ocular Immune Response 52
Immunology of Corneal Graft Rejection 54
5. Morphology and Pathologic Response of Corneal and Conjunctival Disease 59
Emily Baum, Andrew Doan
Epithelium 59
Stroma and Keratocytes 61
Endothelium 64
Corneal Limbus 65
Stem Cell Deficiency 65
Conjunctiva 66
6. Corneal Angiogenesis 70
Felix Bock, Claus Cursiefen
Angiogenic Privilege of the Cornea 70
Endogenous Inhibitors of Angiogenesis in the Cornea and Aqueous Humor 71
Angiogenesis and Lymphangiogenesis in the Cornea 73
Clinical Consequences of Loss of Corneal Angiogenic Privilege 75
Exogenous Inhibitors of Angiogenesis 76
7. Limbal Stem Cells of the Corneal Epithelium 80
Harminder Singh Dua, Ammar Miri, Dalia Galal Said
Stem Cells 80
Limbal Epithelial Stem Cells 81
Section 2: Examination and Evaluation Techniques
8. The Fine Art of Slit-Lamp Biomicroscopy with Applications to
Anterior Segment Photography 89
Alan N Carlson
Historical Background 89
Elements that Contribute to a Successful Examination 90
Optical Considerations 90
Contents xxvi9. Corneal Pachymetry 98
Matthew V Brumm, Shahzad I Mian
Applications 99
Demographics 100
Diagnostic Methods 100
10. Corneal Keratometry 112
Takeshi Ide, Kazuo Tsubota
History of Keratometry 112
Eye Optical System 112
Keratometry 113
Keratometric Refractive Index 113
Assumptions and Limitations 114
11. Corneal Topography: Topography Overview 116
Ryan S Vida, Ming Wang
PART 1
Topography Overview 116
PART 2
Topography Images for Review and Clinical Applications 121
12. Corneal Imaging 134
Peter Kim, Sonia N Yeung, Charles J Pavlin, David S Rootman
Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography 134
Ultrasound Biomicroscopy 137
13. Confocal Microscopy 143
William D Mathers, Michael Page
History 143
Principles of Confocal Microscopy 143
Confocal Microscopy Systems in Clinical Use 144
Confocal Microscopy Through Focusing 145
Clinical Applications 145
Research Applications 149
Limitations 150
14. Specular Microscopy 153
Gawain Dyer, George OD Rosenwasser
Optical Principles of Specular Microscopy 153
Improvements in Instrumentation and Methods 154
Practical Use of Specular Microscopy 156
Clinical Findings of Specular Microscopy 161
xviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
15. Corneal Biomechanics 171
David A Taylor, Natalie A Afshari, Robert A Copeland Jr
A Brief Physics Overview 171
Operation of the Ocular Response Analyzer 172
Section 3: Epidemiology of Cornea and External Diseases
16. Epidemiology of the Major Cornea and External Diseases 183
Donald Tiang-Hwee Tan, Wei-Boon Khor
Epidemiology of Blinding Cornea and External Diseases in the Developing World 183
Trachoma 184
Onchocerciasis 184
Childhood Blindness 185
Ocular Trauma and Corneal Ulceration 186
Epidemiology of Blinding Cornea and External Diseases in the Developed World 188
Part 2: Clinical Topics
Section 4: Infectious Diseases
17. Corneal Microbiology 195
Onsiri Thanathanee, Terrence P O’Brien
Reaction of the Cornea to Infectious Process 195
Associated Factors 196
Laboratory Diagnosis 197
Bacteriology 202
Virology 206
Mycology 208
Parasitology 209
18. Ophthalmia Neonatorum 214
Janine Smith-Marshall
Differential Diagnosis of Ophthalmia Neonatorum 214
Diagnostic Techniques 216
Prophylaxis and Prevention 217
Contents xxix
19. Bacterial Conjunctivitis 219
Brad H Feldman
Epidemiology 219
Host Defenses 220
Acute Conjunctivitis 220
Hyperacute Conjunctivitis 224
Chronic Conjunctivitis 225
20. Bacterial Keratitis 229
Francis Mah
Clinical Features 230
Diagnostic Techniques 231
Treatment 232
21. Ocular Antibiotics 238
Yannis M Paulus,Christopher N Ta
Brief History of Antibiotics 238
Indications for Ocular Antibiotics 240
Classes of Ocular Antibiotics 243
Antibiotic Resistance 246
Antibacterial Concepts 247
22. Viral Conjunctivitis 251
Stephanie Jones Marioneaux
Adenoviruses 252
Epstein Barr Virus 259
Cytomegalovirus 259
Poxviridae 259
Molluscum Contagiosum 260
Rna Viruses 260
23. Viral Keratitis 265
Bilal Faiz Khan
Viral Keratitis 265
Herpes Virus 265
Congenital and Neonatal Ocular Herpes Simplex 266
Primary Ocular Herpes Simplex Infections 266
Recurrent Ocular Herpes Infection 269
Blepharoconjunctivitis 269
Episcleritis and Scleritis 269
xxx Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Epithelial Keratitis: Dendritic and Geographical 270
Epithelial Trophic (Metaherpetic) Ulceration 271
Stromal Keratitis 272
Herpes Simplex Virus Iridocyclitis 274
Varicella-Zoster Virus 275
Iridocyclitis 277
Postherpetic Neuralgia (Phn) 277
Adenoviral Keratoconjunctivitis 278
Molluscum Contagiosum 279
Enterovirus and Coxsackievirus Conjunctivitis 280
Paramyxovirus 280
Togavirus 280
24. Antiviral Medications in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 284
Lisa M Nijm
Viral Replication 284
Antiviral Medications in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 286
Other Antiviral Medications 292
25. Fungal Keratitis 295
Bozorgmehr Pouyeh, Anat Galor, Darlene Miller, Eduardo C Alfonso
Classification 295
Pathogenesis 295
Epidemiology 297
Clinical Features and Diagnosis 297
Medical Treatment 301
26. Parasitic Keratitis and Conjunctivitis 309
Fahd Anzaar, Joseph Tauber
Infections Caused by Protozoa 309
Infections Caused by Nematodes 318
Infections Caused by Cestodes 327
Infections Caused by Trematodes 329
Infections Associated with Arthropods 330
27. Chlamydial Keratitis and Conjunctivitis 346
Marie-Claude Robert, Mona Harissi-Dagher, Mounir Bashour
Microbiology 346
Clinical Syndromes 349
Contents xxxi
28. Interstitial Keratitis 365
Robert S Weinberg
Clinical Findings 365
Causes of Interstitial Keratitis 366
Bacterial Interstitial Keratitis 366
Section 5: Immunologic Disease
29. Ocular Allergy 377
Mitchell H Friedlaender
Immunologic Mechanisms 377
30. Cicatrizing Conjunctivitis 387
Benyamin Y Ebrahim, Mohit Mehtani, Salim Butrus
Mucous Membrane Pemphigoid Overview 387
Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid 387
Immunopathogenesis 387
Stevens Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis Overview 394
Immunopathogenesis 395
Paraneoplastic Conjunctival Cicatrization 399
Pseudopemphigoid 399
31. Phlyctenular Keratoconjunctivitis 404
Mona A Kaleem, Robert A Copeland Jr
Etiology 404
Clinical Presentation 405
Differential Diagnosis 406
Histology 406
Management 406
32. Peripheral Ulcerative Keratitis 409
Jocelyn A Rowe, Neal P Barney
Epidemiology 409
Pathogenesis 409
Clinical Signs and Symptoms 410
Differential Diagnosis 411
Evaluation 412
Treatment 413
xxii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
33. Scleritis and Episcleritis 417
Daniel V Vasconcelos-Santos, Carlos E Pavesio
Anatomic Background 417
Classification of Scleral Inflammatory Disorders 418
Epidemiology 418
Clinical Presentation 418
Diagnosis 421
Differential Diagnosis 422
Immunopathology 422
Treatment 424
Prognosis 426
Section 6: Ocular Surface Disease
34. Limbal Stem Cells, Biology and Pathogenesis in Ocular Surface Disease 433
Siamak Zarei-Ghanavati, Sophie X Deng
Limbal Stem Cells 433
Limbal Stem Cell Markers 434
Limbal Stem Cell Regulation 435
Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 435
35. Dry Eye 440
John D Sheppard, Kevin M Bowman
Epidemiology 440
Risk Factors 440
Symptoms 443
Diagnosis 443
Classification 445
Pathophysiology 446
Treatment 447
Complications 451
36. Nutritional Factors and the Ocular Surface 456
Deval R Paranjpe
Vitamin A and Global Consequences of Vitamin A Deficiency 456
Dietary Intake and Storage of Vitamin A 456
Sources of Vitamin A 457
Causes and Epidemiology of Vitamin A Deficiency in Low Income Versus High Income Populations 457
Contents xxxiThe Role of Other Vitamins in Dry Eye 459
Lipids and Ocular Surface Health 460
Meibomian Gland Dysfunction and Evaporative Dry Eye 460
Role of Lipids in Dry Eye, Ocular Surface Injury, Corneal Nerve Injury and Repair 461
Classification of Fatty Acids—A Brief Review 462
Omega-3 Fatty Acid Supplementation 463
Other Fatty Acid Supplements 465
37. Sjögren’s Syndrome 469
Salman J Yousuf, Janine A Clayton
Epidemiology 469
Pathogenesis 469
Diagnosis 470
Ocular Manifestations 470
Extraocular Manifestations 471
Management 472
38. Ocular Surface Disease in Glaucoma 475
Ruben Kuruvilla, Penny Asbell
Ocular Surface Disease in Glaucoma Patients 475
Use Of Preservatives in Ocular Medications 476
Bimolecular Changes Associated with Preservatives 477
Cellular Changes Associated with Preservatives 477
Adverse Events from Active Agents themselves 479
Impact of Ocular Surface Disease on Treatment and Compliance 479
Preserved Versus Preservative-Free Therapy 479
39. Blepharitis and Meibomian Gland Dysfunction 482
Hugo Y Hsu, Ronald E Smith
Classification 482
Anterior Blepharitis: Staphylococcal Disease 484
Posterior Blepharitis: Meibomian Gland Dysfunction 487
40. Recurrent Corneal Erosion Syndrome 497
Roy Scott Rubinfeld, Animesh Petkar
Pathophysiology 497
Diagnosis 498
Medical Treatment 498
Surgical Treatment 500
xxiv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
41. Superior Limbic Keratoconjunctivitis 509
David J Harris Jr
History 509
Epidemiology 510
Clinical Findings 510
Diagnosis 511
Pathogenesis 512
Treatment 512
42. Ligneous Conjunctivitis 515
Naima Jacobs-El, Robert A Copeland Jr
Etiology, Pathogenesis and Histopathology 515
Epidemiology 515
Clinical Findings 515
Differential Diagnosis 516
Treatment 516
43. Eye Disorders Associated with Dermatological Diseases 519
Omar N Qutub, Rebat M Halder
Bullous Dermatoses 519
Hypersensitivity Disorders 523
Eczematous Dermatoses 526
Histiocytic and Granulomatous Disorders 527
Neoplastic Cutaneous Diseases and Proliferations 528
Errors in Metabolism 530
Connective Tissue Disorders 532
Pigmentary/Melanocytic Disorders 533
Genodermatoses 535
44. Thygeson’s Superficial Punctate Keratitis 545
Daniel N Skorich
History 545
Clinical Features 545
Differential Diagnosis 546
Pathogenesis and Laboratory 547
Treatment 547
Appendix A 548
Contents xxxv
45. Filamentary Keratitis 551
Saima M Qureshi, Robert A Copeland Jr
Histopathology/Pathogenesis 552
Management 554
Recent Management Research 556
46. Climatic Droplet Keratopathy 559
Khalid F Tabbara, Hind M Alkatan
Clinical Findings 559
Histopathology and Electron Microscopy 561
Proteomic Analysis and Pathogenesis 562
Prevention and Management 565
47. Neurotrophic Keratitis 567
Kavita Rao
Pathophysiology 568
Clinical Presentation 568
Differential Diagnosis 570
Treatment 571
48. Dacryoadenitis 574
Claude L Cowan Jr
49. Immunotherapy for Ocular Surface Diseases and Graft Rejection 580
Takefumi Yamaguchi, Pedram Hamrah
Ocular Surface Disease 580
Allergic Conjunctivitis 583
Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis 585
Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid 587
Corneal Graft Rejection 589
Section 7: Metabolic and Congenital Disease
50. Metabolic Diseases and Congenital Abnormalities Affecting the Ocular Surface 601
Wadih M Zein, Maryam Mokhtarzadeh
Cystinosis 601
Tyrosinemia 602
Alkaptonuria 603
Amyloidosis 603
Gout 604
xxvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Xeroderma Pigmentosum 605
Systemic Mucopolysaccharidoses 605
Mucolipidoses 606
51. Metabolic Disorders of the Cornea 622
Stephen G Odaibo, Nikisha Q Richards, Robert A Copeland Jr
Diabetes Mellitus 622
Mucopolysaccharidoses 626
Lipidoses 630
Dyslipoproteinemia 636
Porphyria 638
Cystinosis 639
Alkaptonuria 641
Amyloidoses 642
Serum Copper Abnormalities 643
Calcium 644
Gold 646
52. Corneal Conditions Associated with Glaucoma 654
Leslie S Jones, Bashira A Charles
Congenital Conditions Affecting Corneal Dimensions 654
Section 8: Conjunctival Corneal Dysplasia and Malignancy
53. Conjunctival and Corneal Neoplasms 671
Harmeet S Gill, Devron H Char, Tia B Cole
Preliminary 671
Section 1 Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of Epithelium 672
Risk Factors 673
Conjunctival Intraepithelial Neoplasia 675
Squamous Cell Carcinoma 676
Other Conjunctival Epithelial Tumors 676
Corneal Epithelial Tumors 677
Pigmented Conjunctival Epithelial Tumors 677
Section 2 Melanocytic Tumors of Conjunctival Epithelium 677
Conjunctival Melanocytic Nevus 678
Primary Acquired Melanosis 678
Malignant Melanoma 679
Contents xxxvMasquerading Lesions 680
Section 3 Lymphoproliferative Conjunctival Lesions 681
Reactive Lymphoid Hyperplasia 682
Mucosa-Associated Lymphoid Tissue Lymphoma 682
Other Types of Lymphoma 682
Evaluation of Conjunctival Lymphoproliferative Lesions 682
Classification of Lymphoproliferative Lesions 682
Management of Conjunctival Lymphoma 683
Section 4 Other Lymphoid, Leukemic and Histiocytic Conjunctival Lesions 684
Leukemia 684
Histiocytic Tumors 684
Section 5 Secondary and Metastatic Lesions 685
Sebaceous Cell Carcinoma 685
Metastatic Tumors 685
Section 6 Adnexal Lesions 686
Section 7 Management of Conjunctival Tumors 686
Surgical Treatment of Conjunctival Tumors 687
Map Biopsy Technique 689
Nonsurgical Treatment of Conjunctival Tumors 689
Section 9: Trauma
54. Chemical Trauma 699
Roswell R Pfister
Epidemiology 699
Classification of Injuries 700
Major Chemical Differences Between Alkali, Acid and Toxic Injury of the Eye 700
55. Trauma of the Anterior Segment 714
Toby YB Chan, Iqbal Ike K Ahmed
Clinical Evaluation 714
General Precautions 715
Anesthesia 715
Iris Repair and Reconstruction 715
Iridodialysis Repair 718
Iris or Pupil Repair (Pupilloplasty) 721
Iris Prosthesis 728
xviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Ciliary Body Trauma and Reconstruction 730
Lens and Zonule Trauma and Surgical Approaches 732
Approach for Traumatic Cataracts 735
Approach for Subluxed Crystalline Lens 738
Approach for Iol Subluxation 739
56. Physical Trauma of the Cornea 749
Mikelson MomPremier, Robert A Copeland Jr
Pathophysiology and Microscopy 749
Management 750
Prognosis 755
Section 10: Corneal Dystrophies and Degenerations
57. Anterior Corneal Dystrophies: Dystrophies of the Epithelium,
Epithelial Basement Membrane and Bowman’s Layer 761
Mark D Sherman
Epithelial Basement Membrane Dystrophy 761
Epithelial Recurrent Erosion Dystrophy 762
Subepithelial Mucinous Corneal Dystrophy (Smcd) 763
Meesmann Corneal Dystrophy 763
Lisch Epithelial Corneal Dystrophy 764
Gelatinous Drop-Like Corneal Dystrophy 765
Reis-Buckler’s Corneal Dystrophy 766
Thiel-Behnke Corneal Dystrophy 766
Grayson-Wilbrandt Corneal Dystrophy 767
58. Stromal Corneal Dystrophies 769
Jayne S Weiss, Michael Mequio, Michael Coleman
The Ic3d and Tgfbi Corneal Dystrophies 769
Granular Corneal Dystrophy 773
59. Posterior Corneal Dystrophies 792
Jessica Chow, Natalie A Afshari
Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy 792
Posterior Polymorphous Corneal Dystrophy 796
Congenital Hereditary Endothelial Dystrophy 799
X-Linked Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy 801
Contents xxxi60. Corneal and Conjunctival Degenerations 805
Ninita Helen Brown, Robert A Copeland Jr
Conjunctiva 805
Epithelium and Subepithelium 806
Central Stroma 807
Peripheral Stroma 808
Postinflammation 810
Endothelial 813
Iron Lines 813
61. Ectatic Diseases of the Cornea: Keratoconus, Pellucid Marginal Degeneration and
Keratoglobus 819
Stephen S Khachikian, Michael W Belin
Keratoconus 819
Pellucid Marginal Degeneration 826
Keratoglobus 828
Section 11: Corneal and Conjunctival Manifestations of
Dietary Deficiencies
62. Nutritional Deficiencies Affecting the Cornea and Conjunctiva 835
Mohit Mehtani, Benyamin Y Ebrahim, Salim I Butrus
Prevalence, Mortality and Morbidity 835
Physiology and Metabolism of Vitamin A 835
Pathogenesis of Conjunctival and Corneal Disease 837
Night Blindness (Xn) 837
Conjunctival Xerosis (X1A) 837
Bitot’s Spots (X1b) 838
Corneal Xerosis (X2) 838
Keratomalacia (X3) 838
Corneal Scar (Xs) 839
Prevention and Treatment of Vad 839
Other Nutrient Deficiencies 840
xl Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Section 12: Contact Lenses
63. Contact Lenses in the Treatment of Corneal Disease 845
Peter C Donshik, William H Ehlers
Indications 845
Corneal Epithelial Disorders 846
Corneal Ulcerations/ Perforations/Lacerations 849
Corneal Edema 849
Surgical Indications 850
Disorders of the Ocular Surface 850
Irregular Corneal Surface 852
Prosthetic Soft Contact Lenses 852
Drug Delivery 853
New Developments 853
Complications of Therapeutic Contact Lenses 853
64. PROSE Treatment for Ocular Surface Disease 856
Deborah S Jacobs, James A Bradley, Hong-Gam Le
History of Scleral Lenses and Principles of Design for Physiological Tolerance 856
Definition of a Scleral Lens 856
Prose Treatment 857
Section 13: Emerging Innovation
65. Gene Therapy in the Cornea: Principles and Promise 865
Rajiv R Mohan, Jason T Rodier 865
History of Gene Therapy 865
Advantages of Gene Therapy over Conventional Drug Therapy 866
The Cornea: An Ideal Tissue for Gene Therapy 866
Gene Therapy Vectors 866
Cell and Tissue Targeting 878
An Overview of Corneal Gene Therapy Studies 878
66. Biosynthetic Alternatives to Human Donor Tissue 887
May Griffith, Lucia Kuffova, John Forrester, Neil Lagali, Per Fagerholm,
Nerea Garagorri Gantxegui, Thomas Fuchsluger
The Case for Regenerative Medicine Approaches for Corneal Transplantation 887
The Cornea as a Research Model 888
Keratoprostheses with Regenerative Capacity 888
Cell-Free Scaffolds for Promoting Corneal Regeneration 889
Contents xli
Section 14: Cornea Surgery
67. History of Cornea Surgery 901
Daoud S Fahd, Norma Allemann, Wallace Chamon, Dimitri T Azar
History of Keratoplasty 901
History of Refractive Surgery 908
Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 911
Appendix 911
Section 15: Corneal, Scleral and Conjunctival Surgery:
Supportive and Protective
68. Ophthalmic Applications of Tissue Adhesives in Anterior Segment Surgery 919
Brian Alder, Terry Kim
Cyanoacrylate- and Fibrin-based Adhesives 919
Ophthalmic Uses of Cyanoacrylate- and Fibrin-based Tissue Adhesives 920
Novel Tissue Adhesives 923
69. Conjunctival Flaps 927
Anne S Steiner, Ira J Udell
Indications 927
Peripheral Corneal Disease 928
Disadvantages 928
Technique 929
Postoperative Care 930
Complications 930
70. Scleral Transplantation: Supportive and Protective 932
Frank W Bowden III
Scleral Graft 932
Anesthesia Options 933
Scleral Graft Techniques 934
Amniotic Membrane 939
Fascia Lata 939
Periosteum 939
Volume 2
xlii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Pericardium 940
Dura Mater 940
Split Thickness Dermal Graft 940
Other Materials 940
Section 16: Ocular Surface Rehabilitation
71. Corneal and Conjunctival Foreign Bodies 945
Larry Ferdinand, Vanessa Ngakeng
Clinical Findings and Evaluation 945
Pathogenesis 946
Management 946
Rust Rings 947
Removal of Corneal Foreign Bodies in Lasik Patients 947
Removal of Corneal Foreign Body through a Lamellar Corneal Pocket 947
Treatment 947
Follow-Up 948
Complications 948
Prognosis 948
72. Superficial Keratectomy and Epithelial Debridement 949
Julian A Procope
History 949
Indications 949
Technique 951
Complications 953
73 Limbal Dermoid 954
Charles S Bouchard, Samir Vira
Epidemiology 954
Clinical Features 954
Histopathology 956
Etiology/Pathogenesis 956
Differential Diagnosis 956
Management 956
74. Evaluation and Management of Eyelid and Eyelash Malposition for the
Anterior Segment Surgeon 959
Salman J Yousuf, Earl D Kidwell
Keratopathy due to Eyelid Malposition 959
Keratopathy due to Eyelash Malposition 962
Contents xliii
75. Pterygium Surgery 965
Alfred L Anduze
Pathogenesis 965
Pathology 966
Prevention 966
Surgery 967
Complications 972
Adjuvant Therapies 975
76. Amniotic Membrane Transplantation 979
Soosan Jacob, Amar Agarwal
Embryology 979
Anatomy of the Amniotic Membrane 979
Physiology of Amniotic Membrane 979
Preparation of Amniotic Membrane 979
Role of Amniotic Membrane in Ophthalmology 980
Corneal Uses 980
Conjunctival Uses 984
Tissue Cultured Human Amniotic Epithelial Cells 989
Amniotic Membrane Substrate for Ex Vivo Expansion of Limbal Stem Cells 989
77. Limbal Stem Cell Transplantation 991
Justin D Aaker, Andrew J W Huang
Removal of Abnormal Tissue by Superficial Keratectomy 991
Other Surgical Techniques for Ocular Surface Reconstruction 997
Management of Limbal Stem Cell Transplants 998
78. Autologous Ex Vivo Cultivated Limbal Epithelial Transplantation 1001
Sayan Basu, Virender S Sangwan
Ocular Burns, Limbus, Stem Cells and Therapy 1001
Indications for Autologous Limbal Transplantation 1002
Preoperative Clinical Assessment and Counseling 1003
Technique of Limbal Biopsy 1003
Technique of Limbal Culture 1003
Technique of Limbal Transplantation 1004
Postoperative Management 1004
Clinical Outcomes of Cultivated Limbal Transplantation 1004
xliv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
79. Modern Eye Banking: Advances and Challenges 1011
Jon A Konti, Prashant Garg, John J Requard, Jonathan H Lass
History of Eye Banking 1011
Growth and Trends in Tissue Utilization 1012
Donor Tissue Selection 1012
Tissue Retrieval 1015
Tissue Evaluation 1016
Tissue Preparation for Descemet Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1018
Storage Media 1019
Other Tissue Preparations 1023
International Eye Banking 1026
Financial and Legal Considerations in Eye Banking 1028
Future Threats in Eye Banking 1033
80. Penetrating Keratoplasty: Surgical Techniques and Pre- and Postoperative Care 1037
John W Cowden
Indications for Penetrating Keratoplasty 1037
Donor Tissue 1037
Discussing Penetrating Keratoplasty with the Patient 1039
The Operative Procedure 1039
Recipient Procedure 1040
Postoperative Care 1044
Combined Procedures with Penetrating Keratoplasty 1045
Intraoperative Complications 1046
Early Postoperative Complications 1047
Late Complications 1047
Making the Decision to Perform Repeat Penetrating Keratoplasty 1048
81. Management of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1050
Lorenzo J Cervantes, Alex Mammen, Wan Xiao, Deepinder K Dhaliwal
Preoperative Factors 1050
Intraoperative Factors 1050
Postoperative Considerations 1053
82. Glaucoma Surgery in Penetrating and Nonpenetrating Keratoplasty Patients 1063
Oluwatosin Smith, Davinder Grover
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1063
Descemet’s Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1064
Keratoprosthesis 1065
Refractive Surgery 1066
Surgical Approach 1066
Contents xlv
83 Pediatric Corneal Transplant Surgery 1072
Gerald W Zaidman
Indications 1072
Surgery 1073
Surgical Technique 1075
Postoperative Management 1076
Results 1077
84. DLEK, DSAEK, DSEK, DMEK 1079
Marianne O Price, Francis W Price, Arundhati Anshu
Indications and Contraindications 1080
Descemet’s Stripping Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty/Descemet’s
Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1082
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1086
Descemet’s Membrane Automated Endothelial Keratoplasty 1086
85. Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty (DMEK) 1091
Isabel Dapena, Vasilios S Liarakos, Martin Dirisamer, Miguel Naveiras, Ru-Yin Yeh, Ruth Quilendrino,
Konstantinos Droutsas, Kyros Moutsouris, Marieke Bruinsma, Gerrit RJ Melles
Preoperative Preparation of the Dmek Graft 1092
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty Surgical Technique 1092
Visual Rehabilitation Rate and Refractive Outcome 1097
Endothelial Cell Density and Graft Survival 1097
Complications 1097
Descemet Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty and Cataract 1102
Future Perspectives 1102
86. Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1107
David D Verdier
History 1107
Patient and Procedure Selection 1107
Establish Realistic Expectations 1108
Donor Tissue Selection 1109
Surgical Venue and Anesthesia 1109
Surgical Steps in Dalk: Big-Bubble Technique 1109
Alternative Technique to Big-Bubble Dalk: Manual Dissection 1114
Postoperative Care 1115
Long-Term Prognosis 1116
xlvi Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
87. Intacs Intracorneal Ring Segments and Keratoconus 1118
Adel Barbara, Lamis Abdel Aziz, Ramez Barbara
Intacs in Corneas with Suspected Keratoconus 1120
Intacs and Keratoconus 1120
Operation Techniques 1123
Complications 1132
Histology and Deposits 1136
Additional Procedures to Enhance Intacs’ Effects 1138
Intacs Compared with other Surgical Procedures 1141
New Design of Intacs: Intacs Sk 1143
Intacs and other Ectatic Diseases of the Cornea 1145
88. UVA-light and Riboflavin Mediated Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 1155
Erik Letko, William B Trattler, Roy S Rubinfeld
Uva-light and Riboflavin 1156
89. Phototherapeutic Keratectomy 1165
John W Josephson, Jay M Lustbader
Candidacy 1165
Clinical Uses 1165
Results 1167
Contraindications and Complications 1167
Surgical Technique 1167
Future Trends 1168
90. Keratoprosthesis Surgery 1170
Gina M Rogers, Kenneth M Goins
Preoperative Evaluation 1170
Types of Keratoprosthesis 1172
Outcomes of Keratoprostheses 1177
Complications and Considerations 1177
91. Infant Keratoprosthesis 1183
James V Aquavella, Garrick Chak
Historical Perspective 1185
Our Team 1186
Surgical Procedure 1186
Device Assembly 1187
Postoperative Care 1190
Complications 1191
Results 1192
Contents xlvii
92. Boston Keratoprosthesis in the Management of Limbal Stem Cell Failure 1194
Christina R Prescott, James Chodosh
Limbal Stem Cell Failure and Ocular Surface Disease 1194
Keratoprosthesis Implantation for Severe Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1197
Postoperative Care following Boston Keratoprosthesis in Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1198
Complications 1198
Visual Outcomes after Boston Keratoprosthesis in Limbal Stem Cell Deficiency 1199
93. Preoperative Considerations: Patient Selection and Evaluation 1202
Naazli M Shaikh, Stephen C Kaufman, Jamal M Mohsin
Selecting the Right Keratorefractive Procedure 1203
Systemic Considerations 1203
Ocular Considerations 1205
Refractive Intraocular Lenses 1210
94. Preoperative Considerations: Corneal Topography 1213
Stephen D Klyce, Edgar M Espana, George O Waring IV
Development of the Corneal Topographer 1213
Corneal Topography Displays and Scales 1214
Corneal Topographer Displays 1215
Quantitative Descriptors of Corneal Topography 1216
Corneal Topography and Tear Film 1219
Normal Corneal Topographic Parameters and Deviation from the Normal 1219
Adjunct Screening Tools 1225
Corneal Topographers and Corneal Tomographers 1228
Tomography Elevation Maps 1229
95. Radial Keratotomy 1231
John B Cason, Kerry Assil
History 1231
Technique 1232
Results 1233
Predictability 1233
PERK Study 1234
Other RK Studies 1235
Retreatments 1235
96. Conductive Keratoplasty 1238
George O Waring IV, Carolyn A Bates, Jason E Stahl
Conductive Keratoplasty 1238
Histology 1238
lviii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Conductive Keratoplasty Treatment 1239
Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1243
97. Incisional Surgery for Natural and Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1246
Matthew D Council
Patient Selection 1246
Preoperative Measurements 1246
Nomograms 1247
Technique 1248
Complications 1250
Future Directions 1250
98. Shaping the Future and Reshaping the Past: The Art of Vision Surgery 1252
Arun C Gulani
History of Lamellar Refractive Surgery (Keratomileusis and Automated Lamellar Keratoplasty) 1252
Gulani Cardinal Rules for Refractive Surgeons 1253
Gulani Classification for Previous Refractive Surgery 1254
99. Intrastromal Corneal Implants for the Treatment of Presbyopia 1274
George O Waring, Stephen D Klyce
Kamratm Small Aperture Inlay 1276
Vue+ Space Occupying Inlay 1277
Flexivue Microlens Annular Add Lenticule 1277
Implanting Corneal Inlays 1278
Potential Complications and Management 1279
100. Excimer Laser Surface Ablation: Photorefractive Keratectomy and
Laser Subepithelial Keratomileusis 1280
Gitane Patel
History 1280
Excimer Laser 1280
Prk, Lasik and Lasek 1280
Preoperative Management 1281
Technique 1281
Postoperative Management 1281
Outcomes 1282
Mitomycin C 1282
Monovision 1282
Photorefractive Keratectomy after Previous Corneal Surgery 1282
Complications 1282
Contents xlix
101. LASIK Instrumentation: Microkeratomes, Excimer Lasers and
Wavefront Analyzers 1286
Fasika Woreta, Yassine J Daoud, Kraig S Bower
Microkeratomes 1286
Excimer Laser 1294
102. LASIK Techniques and Outcomes 1299
Andrea Cruzat, Roberto Pineda
Techniques: Mechanical Microkeratome Versus Laser Keratome 1300
Outcomes 1305
103. LASIK Outcomes in Astigmatism 1313
John J DeStafeno, John P Berdahl
Definitions 1313
History 1313
Lasik Treatment of Astigmatism 1315
Astigmatic Axis of Correction 1316
Lasik in Irregular Astigmatism 1317
Lasik after Penetrating Keratoplasty 1317
Lasik Compared to Phakic Toric Implanted Collamer Lens 1317
Excimer Laser Outcomes in Correction of Astigmatism 1318
104. Lasik Combined with Other Procedures 1321
John B Cason
On-Flap Photorefractive Keratectomy 1321
Phakic Intraocular Lenses 1322
Posterior Chamber Intraocular Lens 1322
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1323
105. Wavefront-Guided Custom LASIK and LASEK: Techniques and Outcomes 1326
John P Berdahl
Optical Considerations 1326
Wavefront Basics 1327
Interpreting Wavefronts 1329
106. LASIK Complications 1334
Mark E Whitten
Lasik Preoperative Complications 1334
Lasik Operative Complications 1337
Lasik Postoperative Complications 1340
l Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
107. Corneal Applications of Ultrashort Pulse Laser 1346
Mohamed Abou Shousha, Sonia H Yoo
Ultrashort Pulse Laser Technology and Laser-Tissue Interaction 1346
Femtosecond Laser Lasik Flap Creation 1347
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1349
Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1350
Endothelial Keratoplasty 1351
Astigmatic Keratectomy 1352
Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Placement of Intrastromal Corneal Ring Segment 1352
Femtosecond Lenticule Extraction and Small Incision Lenticule Extraction 1352
Other Novel Femtosecond Laser Applications in Corneal Surgeries 1353
108. Lens Power Calculations in the Postkeratorefractive Eye 1356
R Duncan Johnson, Uday Devgan
Sources of Error in Calculations 1356
Methods for Estimating Effective Central Corneal Power 1358
Aphakic Calculation Methods 1362
Intraocular Lens Choice Considerations 1363
109. Light-Adjustable Lenses Postcorneal Refractive Surgery 1365
Guillermo Rocha, Zale D Mednick
Basic Concepts in Iol Calculation 1365
Iol Calculation after Corneal Refractive Surgery 1366
Light-Adjustable Lens Technology 1368
Light-Adjustable Lens Postrefractive Surgery 1370
Section 17: Femtosecond Laser Applications in
Anterior Segment Surgery
110. Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
John P Berdahl
History of Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1377
Advanced Iols 1380
Advantages to Surgeons 1380
Postoperative Outcomes 1380
Future of Femtosecond Continuous Curvilinear Capsulorhexis 1381
Contents li
111. Femtosecond Laser Lens Fragmentation 1382
David Smadja, Ronald R Krueger
Introduction and Concept of Lens Fragmentation 1382
History and Techniques of Phacoemulsification Ultrasound Fragmentation 1382
Current Limitations of Ultrasound Fragmentation 1383
Introduction of Laser Lens Fragmentation 1383
Technical Considerations for Laser-Assisted Fragmentation 1384
Early Clinical Results 1387
112. Femtosecond Laser Presbyopia Correction 1389
Mike P Holzer
The Intracor Procedure 1389
Evaluation of the Intracor Procedure—2-Year Follow-Up Data 1390
Steps for Performing the Intracor Procedure 1390
Results 1392
Working Principle 1393
Patient Selection and Managing Expectations 1393
113. Wound Creation 1395
Brett P Bielory, Terrence J Doherty, James C Loden, George O Waring IV, Richard M Awdeh
The Science of the Femtosecond Laser 1395
Application of Femtosecond Technology in Ophthalmology 1395
Laser Settings and Techniques 1397
Top-Hat-Shaped Grafts 1398
Zigzag-Shaped Grafts 1399
Mushroom-Shaped Grafts 1399
Historical Corneal Incisions for Cataract Surgery 1400
Benefit of Using The Fs Laser for Wound Creation 1401
114. Femtosecond Refractive Lenticule Extraction and Small
Incision Lenticule Extraction 1405
Karim Mohamed-Noriega, Jodhbir S Mehta
Femtosecond Laser 1405
Indications 1406
Preoperative Assessment and Follow-Up 1406
Surgical Procedure 1407
Basic Science 1410
Clinical Outcomes 1412
Refractive Lenticule Extraction (Flex and Smile) 1414
lii Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
Side Effects 1417
Advantages and Disadvantages of Relex Over Lasik 1417
Future Prospects and Developments 1418
115. Femtosecond Laser Keratoplasty 1421
Marjan Farid, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Roger F Steinert
Patient Selection and Preoperative Evaluation 1422
Graft Cutting and Surgery 1422
Review of Recent Outcomes 1423
Femtosecond Laser Assisted Lamellar Keratoplasty 1425
116. Femtosecond Laser Enabled Correction of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1427
Nikhil L Kumar, David S Rootman
The Principles of Astigmatic Keratotomy Postkeratoplasty 1427
Femtosecond Enabled Astigmatic Keratotomy (Feak) Post Keratoplasty 1428
Results 1429
Complications 1430
117. Complications of Femtosecond Laser Procedures 1437
George D Kymionis, Vardhaman P Kankariya
Complications 1437
Section 18: Corneal Instrumentation
118. Corneal Instrumentation 1447
Ying Qian, Bennie H Jeng
Penetrating Keratoplasty 1447
Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1452
Descemet’s Stripping Endothelial Keratoplasty 1454
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1458
Femtosecond Laser Assisted Corneal Surgery 1458
Section 19: Appendix
119. Surgical Procedure Guidelines
 Physical Trauma of the Cornea 1463
Mikelson MomPremier, Robert A Copeland Jr
Procedural Steps for the Repair of Corneal Lacerations 1463
Contents liii
 Conjunctival Flaps 1464
Anne S Steiner, Ira J Udell
 Scleral Transplantation: Supportive and Protective 1465
Frank W Bowden III
Sutureless Repair of Conjunctival Erosion Associated with Scleral Resorption following Tube Shunt
Surgery 1465
 Superficial Keratectomy and Epithelial Debridement 1466
Julian A Procope
Instrumentation 1466
Procedure Technique 1466
 Evaluation and Management of Eyelid and Eyelash Malposition
for the Anterior Segment Surgeon 1467
Salman J Yousuf, Earl D Kidwell
 Pterygium Surgery 1469
Alfred L Anduze
Conjunctival Flaps Procedure for Pterygium Surgery 1469
 Amniotic Membrane Transplantation 1470
Soosan Jacob, Amar Agarwal
 Autologous Ex Vivo Cultivated Limbal Epithelial Transplantation 1471
Sayan Basu, Virender S Sangwan
Technique of Limbal Biopsy 1471
Technique of Limbal Culture 1471
Technique of Limbal Transplantation 1471
Postoperative Management 1471
 Penetrating Keratoplasty: Surgical Techniques and Pre- and Postoperative Care 1473
John W Cowden
Penetrating Keratoplasty: Summary of Operation 1473
 Glaucoma Surgery in Penetrating and Nonpenetrating Keratoplasty Patients 1475
Oluwatosin Smith, Davinder Grover
Trabeculectomy (Fornix-Based Approach) 1475
Trabeculectomy (Limbus-Based Approach) 1475
Glaucoma Drainage Devices 1476
liv Copeland and Afshari's Principles and Practice of Cornea
 Pediatric Corneal Transplant Surgery 1477
Gerald W Zaidman
Surgical Technique 1477
 DLEK, DSAEK, DSEK, DMEK 1478
Marianne O Price, Francis W Price, Arundhati Anshu
 Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty 1480
Isabel Dapena, Vasilios S Liarakos, Martin Dirisamer, Miguel Naveiras, Ru-Yin Yeh, Ruth Quilendrino,
Konstantinos Droutsas, Kyros Moutsouris, Marieke Bruinsma, Gerrit RJ Melles
Descemet’s Membrane Endothelial Keratoplasty Surgical Steps 1480
 Deep Anterior Lamellar Keratoplasty 1481
David D Verdier
 UVA-light and Riboflavin Mediated Corneal Collagen Crosslinking 1482
Erik Letko, William B Trattler, Roy S Rubinfeld
 Phototherapeutic Keratectomy 1483
John W Josephson, Jay M Lustbader
Phototherapeutic Keratectomy Procedure 1483
 Boston Keratoprosthesis in the Management of Limbal Stem Cell Failure 1484
Kenneth M Goins
Boston Keratoprosthesis Type I Surgery: Step by Step Surgical Preparation 1484
 Radial Keratotomy 1486
John B Cason, Kerry K Assil
 Incisional Surgery for Natural and Surgically-Induced Astigmatism 1487
Matthew D Council
 Excimer Laser Surface Ablation: Photorefractive Keratectomy and
Laser Subepithelial Keratomileusis 1488
Noel Rosado-Adames
 LASIK Technique with the Mechanical Microkeratome Hansatome 1489
Roberto Pineda, Andrea Cruzat
 Light Adjustable Lenses Post Corneal Refractive Surgery 1491
Guillermo Rocha, Zale D Mednick
Light Adjustable Lens Technology 1491
Contents lv
 Femtosecond Refractive Lenticule Extraction and Small
Incision Lenticule Extraction 1496
Karim Mohamed-Noriega, Jodhbir S Mehta
Common ReLEx, FLEx and SMILE Steps (First-half Shared Steps) 1496
FLEx Specific Steps (Second-half Steps) 1496
SMILE Specific Steps (Second-half Steps) 1496
 Femtosecond Laser Keratoplasty 1497
Marjan Farid, Sumit (Sam) Garg, Roger F Steinert
Graft Cutting and Surgery 1497
 Femtosecond Laser Enabled Correction of Postkeratoplasty Astigmatism 1498
Nikhil L Kumar, David S Rootman
 Corneal Instrumentation for Femtosecond Laser
Enabled Penetrating Keratoplasty 1499
Ying Qian, Bennie H Jeng
Donor Cornea Laser Resection with Femtosecond Laser 1499
Recipient Cornea Laser Resection with Femtosecond Laser 1499
 Index I-i -xxiv
                        
                         9789350901724
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32418">Place Hold on <em>Copeland and Afshari's Principles and practice of cornea Vol.02</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32418</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Copeland and Afsharis principles and practice of cornea, Vol.02






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32419</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Copeland, Robert A, Ed.; Afshari, Natalie A, Ed.. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd, New Delhi 2013
                        
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32419">Place Hold on <em>Copeland and Afsharis principles and practice of cornea, Vol.02</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32419</guid>
     </item>
	 
     <atom:link rel="search" type="application/opensearchdescription+xml" href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-search.pl?&amp;sort_by=&amp;format=opensearchdescription"/>
     <opensearch:Query role="request" searchTerms="" startPage="" />
     <item>
       <title>
    Critical care in dermatology






</title>
       <dc:identifier>ISBN:</dc:identifier>
        
        <link>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32519</link>
        
       <description><![CDATA[









	   <p>By Inamadar, Arun C; Palit, Aparna. 
	   Jaypee Brothers Medical Publishers (P) Ltd., New Delhi 2013
                        . 258
                        
                        
                        
       </p>

<p><a href="/cgi-bin/koha/opac-reserve.pl?biblionumber=32519">Place Hold on <em>Critical care in dermatology</em></a></p>

						]]></description>
       <guid>/cgi-bin/koha/opac-detail.pl?biblionumber=32519</guid>
     </item>
	 
   </channel>
</rss>





